jtag: add connect_type reset_config mode flag
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published regularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195 @section OpenOCD User's Mailing List
196
197 The OpenOCD User Mailing List provides the primary means of
198 communication between users:
199
200 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-user}
201
202 @section OpenOCD IRC
203
204 Support can also be found on irc:
205 @uref{irc://irc.freenode.net/openocd}
206
207 @node Developers
208 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
209 @cindex developers
210
211 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
212 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
213 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
214 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
215
216 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
217 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
218
219 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
220
221 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
222 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
223
224 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
225
226 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
227
228 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
229
230 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
231 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
232 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
233 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
234 needing a GIT client:
235
236 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
237
238 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
239
240 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
241 from the repository or a snapshot.
242
243 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
244 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
245 Patches created against older versions may require additional
246 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
247
248 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
249
250 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
251 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
252 technical information about the software internals, development
253 processes, and similar documentation:
254
255 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
256
257 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
258 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
259 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
262
263 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
264 communication between developers:
265
266 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
267
268 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
269 The @file{HACKING} file contains basic information about how
270 to prepare patches.
271
272 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
273
274 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
275 using Trac for its bug database:
276
277 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
278
279
280 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
281 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
282 @cindex dongles
283 @cindex FTDI
284 @cindex wiggler
285 @cindex zy1000
286 @cindex printer port
287 @cindex USB Adapter
288 @cindex RTCK
289
290 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
291 an adapter .... [snip]
292
293 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
294 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
295 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
296 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
297 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
298 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
299 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
300
301
302 @section Choosing a Dongle
303
304 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
305
306 @enumerate
307 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
308 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
309 other ways to communicate with target devices.
310 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
311 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
312 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
313 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
314 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
315 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
316 Ethernet port needed?
317 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
318 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
319 @end enumerate
320
321 @section Stand alone Systems
322
323 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/33-zylin-zy1000-jtag-probe} Technically, not a
324 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
325 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
326 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
327 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
328
329 @section USB FT2232 Based
330
331 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
332 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
333 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
334 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
335 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
336 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
337 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
338
339 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
340 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
341 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
342 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
343 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
344
345 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
346 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
347
348 @itemize @bullet
349 @item @b{usbjtag}
350 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
351 @item @b{jtagkey}
352 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
353 @item @b{jtagkey2}
354 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
355 @item @b{oocdlink}
356 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
357 @item @b{signalyzer}
358 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
359 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
361 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
362 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
363 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
364 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
365 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
366 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
367 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
368 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
369 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
370 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
371 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
372 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
373 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
374 @item @b{turtelizer2}
375 @* See:
376 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
377 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
378 @item @b{comstick}
379 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
380 @item @b{stm32stick}
381 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
382 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
383 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
384 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
385 @item @b{cortino}
386 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
387 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
388 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
389 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
390 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
391 @end itemize
392
393 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
394
395 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
396 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
397 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
398 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
399 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
400
401 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
402 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
403 (see the section on driver commands).
404
405 @itemize
406 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
407 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
408 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
409 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
410 @end itemize
411
412 @section USB JLINK based
413 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
414 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
415 AT91SAM764 internally.
416
417 @itemize @bullet
418 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
420 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
421 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
422 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
423 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
424 @end itemize
425
426 @section USB RLINK based
427 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
428
429 @itemize @bullet
430 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
431 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
432 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
433 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
434 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
435 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
436 @end itemize
437
438 @section USB ST-LINK based
439 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
440 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
441
442 @itemize @bullet
443 @item @b{ST-LINK}
444 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
445 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
446 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
447 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
448 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
449 @end itemize
450
451 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class, however
452 it's implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under linux.
453 The simplest solution is to get linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
454 @itemize @bullet
455 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
456 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
457 @end itemize
458
459 @section USB Other
460 @itemize @bullet
461 @item @b{USBprog}
462 @* Link: @url{http://shop.embedded-projects.net/} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
463
464 @item @b{USB - Presto}
465 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
466
467 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
468 @* Link: @url{http://www.versaloon.com}
469
470 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
471 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
472
473 @item @b{Buspirate}
474 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
475
476 @item @b{opendous}
477 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/}
478
479 @item @b{estick}
480 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/}
481
482 @item @b{Keil ULINK v1}
483 @* Link: @url{http://www.keil.com/ulink1/}
484 @end itemize
485
486 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
487
488 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
489 and the Macraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
490 these on the market.
491
492 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
493 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
494 of USB-based ones.
495
496 @itemize @bullet
497
498 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
499 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
500
501 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
502 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
503 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
504
505 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
506 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
507
508 @item @b{GW16402}
509 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
510
511 @item @b{Wiggler2}
512 @* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
513
514 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
515 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
516
517 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
518 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
519
520 @item @b{arm-jtag}
521 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
522
523 @item @b{chameleon}
524 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
525
526 @item @b{Triton}
527 @* Unknown.
528
529 @item @b{Lattice}
530 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
531 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
532
533 @item @b{flashlink}
534 @* From ST Microsystems;
535 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/DM00039500.pdf}
536
537 @end itemize
538
539 @section Other...
540 @itemize @bullet
541
542 @item @b{ep93xx}
543 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
544
545 @item @b{at91rm9200}
546 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
547
548 @end itemize
549
550 @node About Jim-Tcl
551 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
552 @cindex Jim-Tcl
553 @cindex tcl
554
555 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
556 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
557 command interpreter.
558
559 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
560 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
561 much of anything about Tcl.
562 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
563
564 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
565 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
566 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
567 OpenOCD mailing list.
568
569 @itemize @bullet
570 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
571 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
572 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
573 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
574 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
575 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
576
577 @item @b{Missing Features}
578 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
579 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
580 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
581 enabled in OpenOCD.
582
583 @item @b{Scripts}
584 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
585 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
586 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
587
588 @item @b{Commands}
589 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
590 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
591 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
592 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
593
594 @item @b{Historical Note}
595 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
596 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
597 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
598 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
599
600 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
601 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
602 @end itemize
603
604 @node Running
605 @chapter Running
606 @cindex command line options
607 @cindex logfile
608 @cindex directory search
609
610 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
611 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
612 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
613 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
614 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
615
616 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
617 tell it how each debug session should work.
618 The @option{--help} option shows:
619 @verbatim
620 bash$ openocd --help
621
622 --help | -h display this help
623 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
624 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
625 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
626 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
627 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
628 --command | -c run <command>
629 @end verbatim
630
631 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
632 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
633 To specify one or more different
634 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
635
636 @example
637 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
638 @end example
639
640 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
641 @enumerate
642 @item the current directory,
643 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
644 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
645 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
646 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
647 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
648 @end enumerate
649 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
650
651 @quotation Note
652 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
653 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
654 @end quotation
655
656 @section Simple setup, no customization
657
658 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
659 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
660 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
661 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
662 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
663
664 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
665 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
666 the server like:
667
668 @example
669 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
670 @end example
671
672 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
673 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
674 If all goes well you'll see output something like
675
676 @example
677 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
678 For bug reports, read
679 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
680 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
681 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
682 @end example
683
684 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
685 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
686 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
687
688 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
689
690 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
691 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
692 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
693 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
694 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
695 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
696 ensure that this always succeeds.
697 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
698 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
699 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
700 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
701
702 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
703 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
704 those channels.
705
706 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
707 the @option{-d} option.
708
709 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
710 @option{-c} command line switch.
711
712 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
713 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
714 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
715 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
716 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
717 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
718 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
719
720 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
721 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
722
723 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
724 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
725 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
726 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
727
728 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
729 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
730
731 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
732 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
733 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
734 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
735 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
736 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
737 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
738
739 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
740
741 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
742 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
743 and a USB cable on the other.
744 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
745 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
746
747 @enumerate
748 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
749 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
750 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
751 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
752 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
753 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
754 debugging host.
755
756 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
757 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
758 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
759 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
760 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
761
762 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
763 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
764 with 1.2 Volt boards.
765
766 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
767 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
768 ways to connect the cable.
769 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
770 Be sure it's firmly connected.
771
772 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
773 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
774 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
775 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
776 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
777 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
778 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
779 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
780
781 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
782 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
783 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
784 but are tedious to set up.
785 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
786 adapter signals to the right board pins.
787
788 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
789 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
790 you are using to run OpenOCD.
791 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
792
793 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
794 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
795 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
796
797 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
798 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
799 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
800
801 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
802 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
803 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
804 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
805
806 @end enumerate
807
808 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
809 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
810 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
811
812 @section Project Directory
813
814 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
815
816 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
817 single directory for your work with a given board.
818 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
819 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
820 files accessed through semihosting,
821 and for code you upload to the target board.
822 It is also the natural place to write files,
823 such as log files and data you download from the board.
824
825 @section Configuration Basics
826
827 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
828 a variety of ways you can mix them.
829 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
830
831 @itemize
832 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
833 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
834 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
835 @end itemize
836
837 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
838 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
839 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
840
841 @example
842 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
843
844 # GDB can also flash my flash!
845 gdb_memory_map enable
846 gdb_flash_program enable
847
848 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
849 @end example
850
851 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
852
853 @example
854 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
855 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
856 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
857 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
858 @end example
859
860 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
861 each supporting a different development task.
862 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
863 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
864
865 @quotation Important
866 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
867 problems with how it treats variables.
868 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
869 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
870 that can be tested in a later script.
871 @end quotation
872
873 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
874 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
875 to simplify your work.
876
877 @section User Config Files
878 @cindex config file, user
879 @cindex user config file
880 @cindex config file, overview
881
882 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
883 in one place.
884 One of the following will match your situation best:
885
886 @itemize
887 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
888 provided by someone else.
889 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
890 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
891 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
892 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
893 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
894 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
895
896 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
897 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
898
899 @enumerate
900 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
901 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
902 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
903 @end enumerate
904
905 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
906 The first is an interface config file.
907 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
908 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
909 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
910 meet your deadline:
911
912 @example
913 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
914 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
915 @end example
916
917 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
918 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
919 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
920 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
921
922 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
923 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
924 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
925 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
926 target and board
927 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
928 @xref{Autoprobing}.
929
930 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
931 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
932 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
933 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
934
935 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
936 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
937 giving access to your particular flash chips.
938 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
939 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
940
941 @quotation Note
942 When you write new configuration files, please submit
943 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
944 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
945 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
946 will help support users of any board using that chip.
947 @end quotation
948
949 @item
950 You may may need to write some C code.
951 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
952 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
953 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
954 a new chip architecture.
955 @end itemize
956
957 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
958 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
959 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
960
961 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
962 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
963 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
964 @itemize
965
966 @item
967 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
968 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
969 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
970 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
971
972 @item
973 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
974 @cindex vector_catch
975 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
976 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
977 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
978 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
979 along with messaging and tracing setup.
980 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
981
982 @item
983 You might need to override some defaults.
984 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
985 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
986
987 @item
988 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
989 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
990 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
991 @end itemize
992
993 @section Project-Specific Utilities
994
995 A few project-specific utility
996 routines may well speed up your work.
997 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
998
999 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
1000 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
1001 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
1002 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
1003 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
1004 may help:
1005
1006 @example
1007 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
1008 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
1009 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
1010 # Leave the CPU halted.
1011 reset init
1012
1013 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
1014 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
1015
1016 # Start running.
1017 resume 0x20000000
1018 @}
1019 @end example
1020
1021 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1022 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1023 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1024 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1025 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1026
1027 @example
1028 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1029 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1030 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1031 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1032 reset init
1033
1034 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1035 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1036 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1037 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1038 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1039 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1040 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1041
1042 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1043 reset run
1044 @}
1045 @end example
1046
1047 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1048 from NAND.
1049 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1050 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1051 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1052
1053 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1054 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1055
1056 @section Target Software Changes
1057
1058 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1059 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1060 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1061 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1062 handling issues like:
1063
1064 @itemize @bullet
1065
1066 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1067 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1068 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1069 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1070 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1071 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1072 your debug sessions.
1073
1074 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1075 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1076 That might however be your only option.
1077
1078 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1079 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1080 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1081 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1082 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1083 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1084 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1085 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1086 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1087 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1088 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1089 instead of the whole thing.
1090 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1091 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1092
1093 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1094 @cindex ARM semihosting
1095 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1096 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1097 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1098 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1099 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1100 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1101 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1102 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1103 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1104 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1105 NAND or SPI flash.
1106
1107 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1108 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1109 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1110 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1111 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1112
1113 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1114 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1115 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1116 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1117 registers which can be used to change various features including
1118 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1119 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1120 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1121 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1122 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1123
1124 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1125 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1126 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1127 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1128 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1129
1130 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1131 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1132 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1133 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1134 early code execution can be debugged
1135 or firmware can be replaced.
1136
1137 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1138 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1139 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1140 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1141 operations like writing to memory.)
1142
1143 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1144 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1145 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1146 various kinds of message.
1147 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1148
1149 @end itemize
1150
1151 @section Target Hardware Setup
1152
1153 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1154 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1155 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1156 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1157 working with.}
1158
1159 Common issues include:
1160
1161 @itemize @bullet
1162
1163 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1164 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1165 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1166 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1167 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1168 or one from a daughtercard).
1169 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1170 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1171
1172 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1173 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1174 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1175 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1176 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1177 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1178
1179 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1180 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1181 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1182 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1183 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1184
1185
1186 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1187 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1188 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1189 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1190 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1191 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1192 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1193
1194 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1195 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1196 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1197 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1198 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1199
1200 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1201 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1202 used to start booting.
1203
1204 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1205 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1206 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1207 multiple audio codec chips).
1208 This interacts with software
1209 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1210 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1211 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1212 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1213 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1214 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1215 audio or video codecs are used.
1216
1217 @end itemize
1218
1219 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1220 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1221 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1222 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1223 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1224 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1225 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1226 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1227 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1228 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1229
1230
1231 @node Config File Guidelines
1232 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1233
1234 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1235 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1236 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1237 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1238
1239 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1240 with files including the ones listed here.
1241 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1242 @itemize @bullet
1243 @item @file{interface} ...
1244 These are for debug adapters.
1245 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1246 @example
1247 $ ls interface
1248 altera-usb-blaster.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg openrd.cfg
1249 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg osbdm.cfg
1250 arm-usb-ocd.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg parport.cfg
1251 at91rm9200.cfg icebear.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1252 axm0432.cfg jlink.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1253 busblaster.cfg jtagkey2.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1254 buspirate.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg rlink.cfg
1255 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1256 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1257 calao-usb-a9260.cfg kt-link.cfg signalyzer-h2.cfg
1258 chameleon.cfg lisa-l.cfg signalyzer-h4.cfg
1259 cortino.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1260 digilent-hs1.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stlink-v1.cfg
1261 dlp-usb1232h.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg stlink-v2.cfg
1262 dummy.cfg minimodule.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1263 estick.cfg neodb.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1264 flashlink.cfg ngxtech.cfg ulink.cfg
1265 flossjtag.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usb-jtag.cfg
1266 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg usbprog.cfg
1267 flyswatter2.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1268 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1269 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg oocdlink.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1270 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg opendous.cfg
1271 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1272 $
1273 @end example
1274 @item @file{board} ...
1275 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1276 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1277 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1278 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1279 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1280 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1281 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1282 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1283 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1284 a CPU and an FPGA.
1285 @example
1286 $ ls board
1287 actux3.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1288 am3517evm.cfg lubbock.cfg
1289 arm_evaluator7t.cfg mcb1700.cfg
1290 at91cap7a-stk-sdram.cfg microchip_explorer16.cfg
1291 at91eb40a.cfg mini2440.cfg
1292 at91rm9200-dk.cfg mini6410.cfg
1293 at91rm9200-ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1294 at91sam9261-ek.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1295 at91sam9263-ek.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1296 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1297 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1298 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h107.cfg
1299 atmel_at91sam9rl-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_p107.cfg
1300 atmel_sam3n_ek.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1301 atmel_sam3s_ek.cfg open-bldc.cfg
1302 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg openrd.cfg
1303 atmel_sam3x_ek.cfg osk5912.cfg
1304 atmel_sam4s_ek.cfg phytec_lpc3250.cfg
1305 balloon3-cpu.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1306 colibri.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1307 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1308 csb337.cfg redbee.cfg
1309 csb732.cfg rsc-w910.cfg
1310 da850evm.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1311 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1312 diolan_lpc4350-db1.cfg spear300evb.cfg
1313 dm355evm.cfg spear300evb_mod.cfg
1314 dm365evm.cfg spear310evb20.cfg
1315 dm6446evm.cfg spear310evb20_mod.cfg
1316 efikamx.cfg spear320cpu.cfg
1317 eir.cfg spear320cpu_mod.cfg
1318 ek-lm3s1968.cfg steval_pcc010.cfg
1319 ek-lm3s3748.cfg stm320518_eval_stlink.cfg
1320 ek-lm3s6965.cfg stm32100b_eval.cfg
1321 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210b_eval.cfg
1322 ek-lm3s811-revb.cfg stm3210c_eval.cfg
1323 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1324 ek-lm4f232.cfg stm3220g_eval.cfg
1325 embedded-artists_lpc2478-32.cfg stm3220g_eval_stlink.cfg
1326 ethernut3.cfg stm3241g_eval.cfg
1327 glyn_tonga2.cfg stm3241g_eval_stlink.cfg
1328 hammer.cfg stm32f0discovery.cfg
1329 hilscher_nxdb500sys.cfg stm32f4discovery.cfg
1330 hilscher_nxeb500hmi.cfg stm32ldiscovery.cfg
1331 hilscher_nxhx10.cfg stm32vldiscovery.cfg
1332 hilscher_nxhx500.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1333 hilscher_nxhx50.cfg telo.cfg
1334 hilscher_nxsb100.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1335 hitex_lpc2929.cfg ti_beagleboard_xm.cfg
1336 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beaglebone.cfg
1337 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg ti_blaze.cfg
1338 iar_lpc1768.cfg ti_pandaboard.cfg
1339 iar_str912_sk.cfg ti_pandaboard_es.cfg
1340 icnova_imx53_sodimm.cfg topas910.cfg
1341 icnova_sam9g45_sodimm.cfg topasa900.cfg
1342 imx27ads.cfg twr-k60n512.cfg
1343 imx27lnst.cfg tx25_stk5.cfg
1344 imx28evk.cfg tx27_stk5.cfg
1345 imx31pdk.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1346 imx35pdk.cfg uptech_2410.cfg
1347 imx53loco.cfg verdex.cfg
1348 keil_mcb1700.cfg voipac.cfg
1349 keil_mcb2140.cfg voltcraft_dso-3062c.cfg
1350 kwikstik.cfg x300t.cfg
1351 linksys_nslu2.cfg zy1000.cfg
1352 lisa-l.cfg
1353 $
1354 @end example
1355 @item @file{target} ...
1356 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1357 on a chip
1358 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1359 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1360 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1361 the target config file defines all of them.
1362 @example
1363 $ ls target
1364 $duc702x.cfg ixp42x.cfg
1365 am335x.cfg k40.cfg
1366 amdm37x.cfg k60.cfg
1367 ar71xx.cfg lpc1768.cfg
1368 at32ap7000.cfg lpc2103.cfg
1369 at91r40008.cfg lpc2124.cfg
1370 at91rm9200.cfg lpc2129.cfg
1371 at91sam3ax_4x.cfg lpc2148.cfg
1372 at91sam3ax_8x.cfg lpc2294.cfg
1373 at91sam3ax_xx.cfg lpc2378.cfg
1374 at91sam3nXX.cfg lpc2460.cfg
1375 at91sam3sXX.cfg lpc2478.cfg
1376 at91sam3u1c.cfg lpc2900.cfg
1377 at91sam3u1e.cfg lpc2xxx.cfg
1378 at91sam3u2c.cfg lpc3131.cfg
1379 at91sam3u2e.cfg lpc3250.cfg
1380 at91sam3u4c.cfg lpc4350.cfg
1381 at91sam3u4e.cfg mc13224v.cfg
1382 at91sam3uxx.cfg nuc910.cfg
1383 at91sam3XXX.cfg omap2420.cfg
1384 at91sam4sXX.cfg omap3530.cfg
1385 at91sam4XXX.cfg omap4430.cfg
1386 at91sam7se512.cfg omap4460.cfg
1387 at91sam7sx.cfg omap5912.cfg
1388 at91sam7x256.cfg omapl138.cfg
1389 at91sam7x512.cfg pic32mx.cfg
1390 at91sam9260.cfg pxa255.cfg
1391 at91sam9260_ext_RAM_ext_flash.cfg pxa270.cfg
1392 at91sam9261.cfg pxa3xx.cfg
1393 at91sam9263.cfg readme.txt
1394 at91sam9.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1395 at91sam9g10.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1396 at91sam9g20.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1397 at91sam9g45.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1398 at91sam9rl.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1399 atmega128.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1400 avr32.cfg smp8634.cfg
1401 c100.cfg spear3xx.cfg
1402 c100config.tcl stellaris.cfg
1403 c100helper.tcl stm32.cfg
1404 c100regs.tcl stm32f0x_stlink.cfg
1405 cs351x.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1406 davinci.cfg stm32f1x_stlink.cfg
1407 dragonite.cfg stm32f2x.cfg
1408 dsp56321.cfg stm32f2x_stlink.cfg
1409 dsp568013.cfg stm32f2xxx.cfg
1410 dsp568037.cfg stm32f4x.cfg
1411 epc9301.cfg stm32f4x_stlink.cfg
1412 faux.cfg stm32l.cfg
1413 feroceon.cfg stm32lx_stlink.cfg
1414 fm3.cfg stm32_stlink.cfg
1415 hilscher_netx10.cfg stm32xl.cfg
1416 hilscher_netx500.cfg str710.cfg
1417 hilscher_netx50.cfg str730.cfg
1418 icepick.cfg str750.cfg
1419 imx21.cfg str912.cfg
1420 imx25.cfg swj-dp.tcl
1421 imx27.cfg test_reset_syntax_error.cfg
1422 imx28.cfg test_syntax_error.cfg
1423 imx31.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1424 imx35.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1425 imx51.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1426 imx53.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1427 imx.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1428 is5114.cfg u8500.cfg
1429 @end example
1430 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1431 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1432 @end itemize
1433
1434 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1435 file may override features in any of the above files by
1436 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1437 commands specific to their situation.
1438
1439 @section Interface Config Files
1440
1441 The user config file
1442 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1443
1444 @example
1445 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1446 @end example
1447
1448 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1449 in use today with OpenOCD.
1450 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1451 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1452
1453 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1454 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1455 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1456 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1457 and need to provide a driver for it.
1458
1459 @section Board Config Files
1460 @cindex config file, board
1461 @cindex board config file
1462
1463 The user config file
1464 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1465
1466 @example
1467 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1468 @end example
1469
1470 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1471 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1472 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1473
1474 @enumerate
1475 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1476 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1477 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1478 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1479 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1480 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1481 @end enumerate
1482
1483 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1484 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1485 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1486 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1487
1488 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1489 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1490 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1491 configuration works.
1492
1493 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1494
1495 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1496 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1497 convention on how to use certain variables.
1498
1499 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1500 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1501 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1502 used at will within a target configuration file.
1503
1504 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1505 for a board with three chips:
1506
1507 @example
1508 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1509 set CHIPNAME network
1510 set ENDIAN big
1511 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1512 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1513 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1514 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1515
1516 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1517 set CHIPNAME video
1518 set ENDIAN little
1519 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1520 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1521 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1522 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1523
1524 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1525 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1526 unset ENDIAN
1527 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1528 @end example
1529
1530 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1531 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1532 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1533 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1534 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1535 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1536 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1537 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1538
1539 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1540 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1541 naming collisions.
1542
1543 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1544 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1545 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1546 up other clocks and peripherals.
1547
1548 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1549 @cindex variable names
1550
1551 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1552 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1553 one such chip (as shown above).
1554 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1555 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1556 to promote consistency and
1557 so that board files can override target defaults.
1558
1559 Inputs to target config files include:
1560
1561 @itemize @bullet
1562 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1563 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1564 tap identifier dotted names.
1565 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1566 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1567 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1568 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1569 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1570 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1571 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1572 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1573 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1574 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1575 @end itemize
1576
1577 Outputs from target config files include:
1578
1579 @itemize @bullet
1580 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1581 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1582 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1583 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1584 specific to that board and that target.
1585 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1586 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1587 @end itemize
1588
1589 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1590 @cindex event, reset-init
1591 @cindex reset-init handler
1592
1593 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1594 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1595 fully set up yet.
1596 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1597 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1598 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1599 handler is one of the most important.
1600
1601 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1602 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1603 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1604 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1605 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1606
1607 @quotation Note
1608 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1609 are included here.
1610 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1611 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1612 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1613 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1614 @end quotation
1615
1616 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1617 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1618 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1619 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1620 those as parameters.
1621 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1622 and disabling the watchdog.
1623 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1624 the next developer doing such work.
1625 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1626
1627 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1628 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1629 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1630 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1631
1632 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1633
1634 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1635 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1636 a low JTAG clock rate.
1637 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1638 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1639 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1640 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1641 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1642 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1643 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1644
1645 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1646 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1647 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1648 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1649 which might be less than that.
1650
1651 @quotation Warning
1652 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1653 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1654 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1655 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1656 @end quotation
1657
1658 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1659 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1660 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1661 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1662 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1663 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1664
1665 @anchor{The init_board procedure}
1666 @subsection The init_board procedure
1667 @cindex init_board procedure
1668
1669 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets} (@xref{The init_targets procedure}.)
1670 - it's a replacement of ``linear'' configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run
1671 stage (@xref{Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have spearate @code{init_targets} and
1672 @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure everything target specific (internal flash,
1673 internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency,
1674 reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.). Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when
1675 target config file uses @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and
1676 @code{init_targets} - after), so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to
1677 overcome this problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1678 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to to add some specifics.
1679
1680 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1681 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1682
1683 @example
1684 ### board_file.cfg ###
1685
1686 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1687 source [find target/target.cfg]
1688
1689 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1690 # enables fast on-board clock source
1691 # configures the chip to use it
1692 @}
1693
1694 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1695 proc init_board @{@} @{
1696 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1697
1698 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1699 adapter_khz 1
1700 enable_fast_clock
1701 adapter_khz 10000
1702 @}
1703 @}
1704 @end example
1705
1706 @section Target Config Files
1707 @cindex config file, target
1708 @cindex target config file
1709
1710 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1711 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1712 more target config files like this:
1713
1714 @example
1715 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1716 @end example
1717
1718 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1719 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1720 In summary the target files should contain
1721
1722 @enumerate
1723 @item Set defaults
1724 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1725 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1726 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1727 @item On-Chip flash
1728 @end enumerate
1729
1730 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1731 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1732 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1733
1734 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1735 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1736 can talk to the chip.
1737 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1738 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1739 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1740 and other processing engines.
1741
1742 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1743
1744 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1745 letting board config files express environment-specific
1746 differences in how things should be set up.
1747
1748 @example
1749 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1750 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1751 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1752 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1753 @} else @{
1754 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1755 @}
1756
1757 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1758 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1759 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1760 @} else @{
1761 set _ENDIAN little
1762 @}
1763
1764 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1765 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1766 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1767 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1768 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1769 @} else @{
1770 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1771 @}
1772 @end example
1773 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1774
1775 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1776 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1777 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1778
1779 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1780 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1781 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1782
1783 @example
1784 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1785 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1786 @end example
1787
1788 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1789 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1790 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1791 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1792 for taps.
1793
1794 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1795 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1796 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1797 looks (in part) like this:
1798
1799 @example
1800 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1801 @end example
1802
1803 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1804 to source such a config file twice, with different
1805 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1806 it adds a different TAP each time.
1807
1808 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1809 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1810 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1811 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1812
1813 @example
1814 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1815 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1816 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1817 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1818 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1819 @end example
1820
1821 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1822 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1823
1824 @itemize
1825 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1826 plus a JRC to enable them
1827 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1828 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1829 is not currently used)
1830 @end itemize
1831
1832 @subsection Add CPU targets
1833
1834 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1835 GDB and other commands can use it.
1836 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1837 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1838 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1839 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1840
1841 @example
1842 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1843 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1844 @end example
1845
1846 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1847 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1848 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1849 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1850 a work area if you can.
1851 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1852
1853 @example
1854 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1855 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1856 @end example
1857
1858 @anchor{Define CPU targets working in SMP}
1859 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1860 @cindex SMP
1861 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1862
1863 @example
1864 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1865 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1866 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1867 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1868 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1869 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1870 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1871 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1872 @end example
1873 In the above example on cortex_a8, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1874 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1875 @itemize @bullet
1876 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1877 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1878 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1879 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1880 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1881 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{Using openocd SMP with GDB}.
1882 @end itemize
1883
1884 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a8 following
1885 command have been implemented.
1886 @itemize @bullet
1887 @item cortex_a8 smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1888 @item cortex_a8 smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1889 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1890 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1891 @item cortex_a8 smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1892 following example.
1893 @end itemize
1894
1895 @example
1896 >cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1897 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1898 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1899 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1900 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb 1
1901 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1902 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1903 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1904 > resume
1905 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1906 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1907 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1908 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1909 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb -1
1910 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1911 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1912 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1913 @end example
1914
1915
1916 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1917
1918 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1919 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1920 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1921
1922 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1923 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1924 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1925 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1926 both signals.
1927
1928 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1929 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1930 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1931 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1932 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1933 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1934 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1935 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1936 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1937 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1938 not available.)
1939
1940 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1941 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1942 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1943 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1944 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1945 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1946 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1947 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1948
1949 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1950 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1951 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1952 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1953 slower clock than they will use later.
1954 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1955 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1956 than they will use later.
1957 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1958
1959 @quotation Important
1960 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1961 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1962 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1963 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1964 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1965 @end quotation
1966
1967 @anchor{The init_targets procedure}
1968 @subsection The init_targets procedure
1969 @cindex init_targets procedure
1970
1971 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in configuration stage,
1972 @xref{Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed
1973 when entering run stage (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{Entering the Run Stage}.)
1974 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original). This concept faciliates code
1975 reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which
1976 can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with
1977 ``linear'' config scripts, because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
1978
1979 @example
1980 ### generic_file.cfg ###
1981
1982 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
1983 # basic initialization procedure ...
1984 @}
1985
1986 proc init_targets @{@} @{
1987 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
1988 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
1989 @}
1990
1991 ### specific_file.cfg ###
1992
1993 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
1994
1995 proc init_targets @{@} @{
1996 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
1997 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
1998 @}
1999 @end example
2000
2001 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to enclose every line of ``code''
2002 (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
2003
2004 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
2005
2006 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files (@xref{The init_board procedure}.)
2007
2008 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
2009
2010 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
2011 special high speed download features - enable it.
2012
2013 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
2014
2015 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
2016 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
2017 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
2018 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
2019 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
2020 If you are using an external trace port,
2021 configure it in your board config file.
2022 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
2023 configure it in your target config file.
2024
2025 @example
2026 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
2027 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
2028 @end example
2029
2030 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
2031
2032 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
2033
2034 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
2035 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
2036 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
2037 the TARGET (chip) file.
2038
2039 Examples:
2040 @itemize @bullet
2041 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
2042 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
2043 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
2044 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
2045 @end itemize
2046
2047 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
2048 @section Translating Configuration Files
2049 @cindex translation
2050 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
2051 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
2052 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
2053 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
2054 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
2055 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
2056
2057 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
2058 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
2059 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
2060 convert other scripts later on.
2061
2062 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
2063 replace job:
2064
2065 @example
2066 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
2067 #
2068 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
2069 #
2070 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
2071 #
2072 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
2073
2074 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
2075 global TARGETNAME
2076
2077 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
2078
2079 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
2080 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
2081 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
2082 @}
2083 @end example
2084
2085
2086
2087 @node Daemon Configuration
2088 @chapter Daemon Configuration
2089 @cindex initialization
2090 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
2091 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
2092 supported.
2093
2094 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
2095 @section Configuration Stage
2096 @cindex configuration stage
2097 @cindex config command
2098
2099 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
2100 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
2101 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
2102 Normally, configuration commands are only available
2103 inside startup scripts.
2104
2105 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
2106 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
2107 which may be issued interactively.
2108 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
2109 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
2110
2111 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2112 flash banks,
2113 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2114 and other basic setup.
2115 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2116 may access or activate TAPs.
2117 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2118 longer be issued.
2119
2120 @anchor{Entering the Run Stage}
2121 @section Entering the Run Stage
2122
2123 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2124 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2125 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2126 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2127 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2128 You should see no errors at this point.
2129 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2130 commands you used to configure the server.
2131 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2132 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2133 on the scan chain.
2134
2135 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2136 become available.
2137 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2138 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2139 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2140 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2141 entry to the run stage.
2142
2143 @deffn {Config Command} init
2144 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2145 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2146 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2147 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2148 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2149 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2150
2151 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2152 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2153 configuration files and/or command line options.
2154
2155 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2156 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2157 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2158 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2159 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2160 @end deffn
2161
2162 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2163 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2164 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2165
2166 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2167 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2168 scan chain.
2169 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2170 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2171
2172 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2173 they return.
2174 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2175 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2176 @end deffn
2177
2178 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
2179 @section TCP/IP Ports
2180 @cindex TCP port
2181 @cindex server
2182 @cindex port
2183 @cindex security
2184 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2185 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2186 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2187
2188 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2189 access using one or more of these ports.
2190 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2191 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2192 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2193
2194 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2195 @cindex GDB server
2196 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2197 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2198 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2199 the normal use cases.
2200
2201 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2202 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2203 disables the gdb server.
2204
2205 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2206 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2207
2208 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2209 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2210
2211 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2212 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2213 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2214
2215 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2216 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2217 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2218 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2219 @end deffn
2220
2221 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2222 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2223 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2224 output from the Tcl engine.
2225 Intended as a machine interface.
2226 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2227 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2228
2229 @end deffn
2230
2231 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2232 Specify or query the
2233 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2234 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2235 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2236 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2237 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2238 @end deffn
2239
2240 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
2241 @section GDB Configuration
2242 @cindex GDB
2243 @cindex GDB configuration
2244 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2245 The ones listed here are static and global.
2246 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2247 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2248
2249 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
2250 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2251 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2252 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2253 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2254 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2255 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2256 @end deffn
2257
2258 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
2259 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2260 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2261 vFlash packet is received.
2262 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2263 @end deffn
2264
2265 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2266 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2267 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2268 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2269 for flash programming to work.
2270 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2271 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
2272 @end deffn
2273
2274 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2275 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2276 by GDB memory read packets.
2277 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2278 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2279 @end deffn
2280
2281 @anchor{Event Polling}
2282 @section Event Polling
2283
2284 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2285 where significant events can happen at any time.
2286 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2287 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2288 or to GDB.
2289
2290 Examples of such events include:
2291
2292 @itemize
2293 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2294 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2295 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2296 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2297 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2298 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2299 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2300 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2301 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2302 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2303 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2304 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2305 @end itemize
2306
2307 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2308 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2309 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2310 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2311 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2312
2313 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2314 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2315 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2316 to the various active targets.
2317 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2318 which is normally done in the background.
2319
2320 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2321 Poll the current target for its current state.
2322 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2323 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2324 specific information about the current state is printed.
2325 An optional parameter
2326 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2327
2328 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2329 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2330 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2331 @example
2332 > poll
2333 background polling: on
2334 target state: halted
2335 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2336 current mode: Supervisor
2337 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2338 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2339 >
2340 @end example
2341 @end deffn
2342
2343 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2344 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2345 @cindex config file, interface
2346 @cindex interface config file
2347
2348 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2349 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2350 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2351
2352 @quotation Note
2353 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2354 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2355 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2356 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2357 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2358 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2359 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2360 @end quotation
2361
2362 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2363 through commands in an interface configuration
2364 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2365 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2366
2367 @example
2368 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2369 @end example
2370
2371 These commands tell
2372 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2373 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2374
2375 @example
2376 # jlink interface
2377 interface jlink
2378 @end example
2379
2380 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2381
2382
2383 @section Interface Configuration
2384
2385 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2386 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2387 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2388
2389 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2390 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2391 target.
2392 @end deffn
2393
2394 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2395 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2396 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2397 @end deffn
2398 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2399 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2400 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2401 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2402 the hardware can support.
2403 @end deffn
2404
2405
2406
2407 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2408 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2409 @end deffn
2410
2411 @section Interface Drivers
2412
2413 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2414 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2415 available at run time.
2416
2417 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2418 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2419 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2420 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2421
2422 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2423 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2424 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2425 @end deffn
2426
2427 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2428 Displays status of RTCK option.
2429 Optionally sets that option first.
2430 @end deffn
2431 @end deffn
2432
2433 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2434 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2435 This has one driver-specific command:
2436
2437 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2438 Logs some status
2439 @end deffn
2440 @end deffn
2441
2442 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2443 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2444 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2445 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2446 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2447 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2448 @end deffn
2449
2450 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2451 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2452 @end deffn
2453
2454 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2455 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2456 @end deffn
2457
2458 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2459 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2460 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2461 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2462
2463 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2464 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2465 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2466 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2467 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2468 @end deffn
2469
2470 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2471 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2472 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2473 is connected to the host.
2474 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2475 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2476 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2477 @end deffn
2478
2479 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2480 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2481 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2482 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2483 @itemize @minus
2484 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2485 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2486 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2487 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2488 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2489 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2490 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2491 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2492 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2493 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2494 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2495 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2496 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2497 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2498 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2499 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2500 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2501 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2502 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2503 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2504 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2505 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2506 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2507 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2508 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2509 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2510 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2511 @end itemize
2512 @end deffn
2513
2514 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2515 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2516 default values are used.
2517 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2518 @example
2519 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2520 @end example
2521 @end deffn
2522
2523 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2524 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2525 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2526 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2527 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2528 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2529 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2530 @end deffn
2531
2532 For example, the interface config file for a
2533 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2534
2535 @example
2536 interface ft2232
2537 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2538 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2539 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2540 @end example
2541 @end deffn
2542
2543 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2544 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2545 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2546 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2547
2548 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2549 processors which are being simulated.
2550
2551 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2552 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2553 sockets instead of TCP.
2554 @end deffn
2555
2556 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2557 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2558 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2559 @end deffn
2560
2561 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2562 something like:
2563
2564 @example
2565 interface remote_bitbang
2566 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2567 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2568 @end example
2569
2570 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2571 named mysocket:
2572
2573 @example
2574 interface remote_bitbang
2575 remote_bitbang_port 0
2576 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2577 @end example
2578 @end deffn
2579
2580 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2581 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2582 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2583 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2584
2585 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2586 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2587 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2588 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2589 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2590 @end deffn
2591
2592 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2593 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2594 default values are used.
2595 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2596 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2597 @example
2598 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2599 @end example
2600 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2601 @example
2602 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2603 @end example
2604 @end deffn
2605
2606 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2607 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2608 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2609 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2610
2611 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2612 @example
2613 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2614 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2615 @end example
2616 @end deffn
2617
2618 @end deffn
2619
2620 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2621 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2622 This has one driver-specific command:
2623
2624 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2625 Display either the address of the I/O port
2626 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2627 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2628 This is a write-once setting.
2629 @end deffn
2630 @end deffn
2631
2632 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2633 Segger J-Link family of USB adapters. It currently supports only the JTAG transport.
2634
2635 @quotation Compatibility Note
2636 Segger released many firmware versions for the many harware versions they
2637 produced. OpenOCD was extensively tested and intended to run on all of them,
2638 but some combinations were reported as incompatible. As a general
2639 recommendation, it is advisable to use the latest firmware version
2640 available for each hardware version. However the current V8 is a moving
2641 target, and Segger firmware versions released after the OpenOCD was
2642 released may not be compatible. In such cases it is recommended to
2643 revert to the last known functional version. For 0.5.0, this is from
2644 "Feb 8 2012 14:30:39", packed with 4.42c. For 0.6.0, the last known
2645 version is from "May 3 2012 18:36:22", packed with 4.46f.
2646 @end quotation
2647
2648 @deffn {Command} {jlink caps}
2649 Display the device firmware capabilities.
2650 @end deffn
2651 @deffn {Command} {jlink info}
2652 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2653 @end deffn
2654 @deffn {Command} {jlink hw_jtag} [@option{2}|@option{3}]
2655 Set the JTAG protocol version to be used. Without argument, show the actual JTAG protocol version.
2656 @end deffn
2657 @deffn {Command} {jlink config}
2658 Display the J-Link configuration.
2659 @end deffn
2660 @deffn {Command} {jlink config kickstart} [val]
2661 Set the Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19. Without argument, show the Kickstart configuration.
2662 @end deffn
2663 @deffn {Command} {jlink config mac_address} [@option{ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff}]
2664 Set the MAC address of the J-Link Pro. Without argument, show the MAC address.
2665 @end deffn
2666 @deffn {Command} {jlink config ip} [@option{A.B.C.D}(@option{/E}|@option{F.G.H.I})]
2667 Set the IP configuration of the J-Link Pro, where A.B.C.D is the IP address,
2668 E the bit of the subnet mask and
2669 F.G.H.I the subnet mask. Without arguments, show the IP configuration.
2670 @end deffn
2671 @deffn {Command} {jlink config usb_address} [@option{0x00} to @option{0x03} or @option{0xff}]
2672 Set the USB address; this will also change the product id. Without argument, show the USB address.
2673 @end deffn
2674 @deffn {Command} {jlink config reset}
2675 Reset the current configuration.
2676 @end deffn
2677 @deffn {Command} {jlink config save}
2678 Save the current configuration to the internal persistent storage.
2679 @end deffn
2680 @deffn {Config} {jlink pid} val
2681 Set the USB PID of the interface. As a configuration command, it can be used only before 'init'.
2682 @end deffn
2683 @end deffn
2684
2685 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2686 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2687 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2688 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2689 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2690
2691 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2692 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2693 This is a write-once setting.
2694 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2695
2696 @itemize @minus
2697 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2698 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2699 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2700 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2701 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2702 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2703 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2704 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2705 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2706 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2707 some versions of
2708 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2709 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2710 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2711 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2712 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2713 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2714 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2715 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2716 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2717 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2718 @end itemize
2719 @end deffn
2720
2721 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2722 Display either the address of the I/O port
2723 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2724 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2725 This is a write-once setting.
2726
2727 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2728 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2729 you may encounter a problem.
2730 @end deffn
2731
2732 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2733 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2734 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2735 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2736 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2737 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2738
2739 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2740 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2741 @quotation Tip
2742 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2743 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2744 @example
2745 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2746 > adapter_khz 500
2747 @end example
2748 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2749 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2750 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2751 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2752 large set of samples.
2753 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2754 @example
2755 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2756 @end example
2757 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2758 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2759
2760 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2761 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2762 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2763 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2764 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2765 @end quotation
2766 @end deffn
2767
2768 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2769 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2770 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2771 @end deffn
2772
2773 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2774 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2775
2776 @example
2777 interface parport
2778 parport_port 0x278
2779 parport_cable wiggler
2780 @end example
2781 @end deffn
2782
2783 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2784 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2785 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2786 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2787 @end deffn
2788 @end deffn
2789
2790 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2791 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2792 @end deffn
2793
2794 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2795 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2796 @end deffn
2797
2798 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2799 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2800
2801 @quotation Note
2802 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2803 which are not currently documented here.
2804 @end quotation
2805 @end deffn
2806
2807 @deffn {Interface Driver} {stlink}
2808 ST Micro ST-LINK adapter.
2809
2810 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_device_desc} description
2811 Currently Not Supported.
2812 @end deffn
2813
2814 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_serial} serial
2815 Currently Not Supported.
2816 @end deffn
2817
2818 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_layout} (@option{sg}|@option{usb})
2819 Specifies the stlink layout to use.
2820 @end deffn
2821
2822 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_vid_pid} vid pid
2823 The vendor ID and product ID of the STLINK device.
2824 @end deffn
2825
2826 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_api} api_level
2827 Manually sets the stlink api used, valid options are 1 or 2.
2828 @end deffn
2829 @end deffn
2830
2831 @deffn {Interface Driver} {opendous}
2832 opendous-jtag is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2833 @end deffn
2834
2835 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ulink}
2836 This is the Keil ULINK v1 JTAG debugger.
2837 @end deffn
2838
2839 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2840 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2841 @end deffn
2842
2843 @quotation Note
2844 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2845 which are not currently documented here.
2846 @end quotation
2847
2848 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2849 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2850 No arguments: print status.
2851 @end deffn
2852
2853 @section Transport Configuration
2854 @cindex Transport
2855 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2856 and the debug adapter you are using,
2857 several transports may be available to
2858 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2859 @deffn Command {transport list}
2860 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2861 version of OpenOCD.
2862 @end deffn
2863
2864 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
2865 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
2866 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
2867 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
2868 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
2869 @end deffn
2870
2871 @subsection JTAG Transport
2872 @cindex JTAG
2873 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
2874 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
2875 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
2876 each of which must be explicitly declared.
2877 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
2878 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2879 @subsection SWD Transport
2880 @cindex SWD
2881 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
2882 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
2883 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
2884 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
2885 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
2886 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2887 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
2888 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
2889 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
2890 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
2891 expected to change.
2892 @end deffn
2893 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
2894 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
2895 Wire Control Register (WCR).
2896 No parameters: displays current settings.
2897 @end deffn
2898
2899 @subsection SPI Transport
2900 @cindex SPI
2901 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
2902 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
2903 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
2904 solution for flash programming.
2905
2906 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2907 @section JTAG Speed
2908 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2909 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2910 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2911 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2912 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2913 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2914 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2915 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2916 power management software that may be active.
2917
2918 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2919 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2920 target event handler.
2921 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2922 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2923 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2924 sets up those clocks).
2925 @xref{Target Events}.
2926 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2927 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2928 in the target config file.
2929 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2930 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2931 config file instead.
2932 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2933 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2934 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2935
2936 @example
2937 jtag_rclk 3000
2938 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2939 @end example
2940
2941 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2942 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2943 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2944 may not be the fastest solution.
2945
2946 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2947 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2948 which support adaptive clocking.
2949
2950 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2951 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2952 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2953 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2954 than the speed specified.
2955
2956 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2957 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2958 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2959 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2960
2961 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2962 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2963 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2964 JTAG clocking after setup.
2965 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2966 If the interface device can not
2967 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2968 @end deffn
2969
2970 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2971 @cindex adaptive clocking
2972 @cindex RTCK
2973 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2974 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2975 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2976 @example
2977 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2978 jtag_rclk 3000
2979 @end example
2980 @end defun
2981
2982 @node Reset Configuration
2983 @chapter Reset Configuration
2984 @cindex Reset Configuration
2985
2986 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2987 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2988 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2989 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2990 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2991 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2992 Please see the various board files for examples.
2993
2994 @quotation Note
2995 To maintainers and integrators:
2996 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2997 Normally the board configuration file
2998 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2999 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
3000
3001 However, the target configuration file could also make note
3002 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
3003 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
3004 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
3005 user configuration file will need to override parts of
3006 the reset configuration provided by other files.
3007 @end quotation
3008
3009 @section Types of Reset
3010
3011 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
3012 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
3013 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
3014
3015 @itemize @bullet
3016 @item
3017 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
3018 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
3019 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
3020 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
3021 @item
3022 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
3023 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
3024 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
3025 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
3026 @item
3027 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
3028 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
3029 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
3030 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
3031 @item
3032 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
3033 several other types of reset.
3034 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
3035 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
3036 There may be individual module resets.
3037 @end itemize
3038
3039 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
3040 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
3041 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
3042 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
3043 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
3044 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
3045 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
3046 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
3047 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
3048
3049 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
3050 @section SRST and TRST Issues
3051
3052 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
3053 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
3054 common issues are:
3055
3056 @itemize @bullet
3057
3058 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
3059 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
3060 support such signals even if they are wired up.
3061 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
3062 when either of those signals is not connected.
3063 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
3064 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
3065 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
3066 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
3067
3068 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
3069 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
3070 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
3071 when those signals aren't properly independent.
3072
3073 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
3074 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
3075 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
3076 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
3077 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
3078 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
3079 hardware debouncing.
3080 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
3081 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
3082
3083 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
3084 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
3085 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
3086 to use push/pull output drivers.
3087 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
3088 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
3089 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
3090 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
3091
3092 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
3093 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
3094 issues (not limited to errata).
3095 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
3096 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
3097 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
3098 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
3099 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
3100 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
3101 @end itemize
3102
3103 There can also be other issues.
3104 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
3105 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
3106 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
3107 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
3108 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
3109 Agreement (NDA).
3110
3111 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
3112 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
3113 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
3114
3115 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
3116 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
3117
3118 @section Commands for Handling Resets
3119
3120 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
3121 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3122 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
3123 allowing it to be deasserted.
3124 @end deffn
3125
3126 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
3127 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3128 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3129 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
3130 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
3131 @end deffn
3132
3133 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
3134 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3135 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
3136 allowing it to be deasserted.
3137 @end deffn
3138
3139 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
3140 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3141 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3142 @end deffn
3143
3144 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
3145 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
3146 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
3147 configuration scripts.
3148
3149 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
3150 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
3151 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
3152 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
3153 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
3154 from a particular combination of interface and board.
3155 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
3156 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
3157
3158 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
3159 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination}, @var{gates},
3160 @var{trst_type}, @var{srst_type} and @var{connect_type}
3161 -- may be specified at a time.
3162 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3163 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3164 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3165 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3166 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3167
3168 @itemize
3169 @item
3170 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3171 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3172 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3173 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3174 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3175
3176 @quotation Tip
3177 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3178 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3179 @end quotation
3180
3181 @item
3182 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3183 signal implementations.
3184 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3185 indicating everything behaves normally.
3186 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3187 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3188 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3189 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3190 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3191 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3192 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3193
3194 @item
3195 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3196 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3197 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3198 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3199 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3200 while SRST is asserted.
3201 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3202 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3203
3204 @item
3205 The @var{connect_type} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3206 SRST is asserted while connecting to the target. @option{srst_nogate}
3207 is required to use this option.
3208 @option{connect_deassert_srst} (default)
3209 indicates that SRST will not be asserted while connecting to the target.
3210 Its converse is @option{connect_assert_srst}, indicating that SRST will
3211 be asserted before any target connection.
3212 Only some targets support this feature, STM32 and STR9 are examples.
3213 This feature is useful if you are unable to connect to your target due
3214 to incorrect options byte config or illegal program execution.
3215 @end itemize
3216
3217 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3218 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3219 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3220 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3221 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3222
3223 @itemize
3224 @item
3225 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3226 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3227 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3228 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3229
3230 @item
3231 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3232 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3233 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3234 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3235 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3236 @end itemize
3237 @end deffn
3238
3239 @section Custom Reset Handling
3240 @cindex events
3241
3242 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3243 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3244 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3245 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3246 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3247 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3248
3249 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3250 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3251 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3252 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3253 want to reset everything at once.
3254
3255 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3256 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3257 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3258 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3259 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3260 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3261 needs special attention.
3262
3263 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3264 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3265 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3266 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3267 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3268 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3269 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
3270 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3271
3272 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3273 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3274 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3275 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3276 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3277
3278 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3279 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3280 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3281 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3282 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3283 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3284 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3285 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3286 or potentially some other value.
3287
3288 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3289 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3290 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3291 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3292 (or their associated targets)
3293 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3294
3295 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3296 they return.
3297 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3298 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3299 @end deffn
3300
3301 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3302 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3303 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3304 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3305 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3306 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3307 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3308 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3309 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3310 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3311 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3312 @end deffn
3313
3314 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3315 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3316 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3317 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3318 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3319 @end deffn
3320
3321
3322 @node TAP Declaration
3323 @chapter TAP Declaration
3324 @cindex TAP declaration
3325 @cindex TAP configuration
3326
3327 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3328 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3329
3330 @itemize @bullet
3331 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3332 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3333 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3334 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3335 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3336 start running that code.
3337 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3338 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3339 and missing connections
3340 @end itemize
3341
3342 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3343 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3344 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3345 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3346 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3347
3348 @section Scan Chains
3349 @cindex scan chain
3350
3351 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3352 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3353 They also need to be added to
3354 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3355 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3356 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3357 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3358 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3359 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3360 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3361 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3362
3363 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3364 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3365 command, presented in the next chapter.
3366 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3367 debugging targets.)
3368 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3369
3370 @verbatim
3371 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3372 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3373 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3374 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3375 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3376 @end verbatim
3377
3378 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3379 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
3380 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3381 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3382 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3383 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3384 until they are told to do so.
3385
3386 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3387 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3388 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3389 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3390
3391 @example
3392 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3393 @end example
3394
3395 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3396 by a given chip.
3397 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3398 and so forth.
3399 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3400 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3401 a single chip and between them.
3402 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
3403
3404 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3405 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3406 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3407 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3408 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3409 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3410 includes commands something like this:
3411
3412 @example
3413 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3414 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3415 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3416 @end example
3417
3418 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3419 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3420 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3421
3422 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3423 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3424 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3425 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3426 @example
3427 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3428 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3429 @}
3430 @end example
3431 @end deffn
3432
3433 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3434 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3435 and their status.
3436 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3437 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3438 but systems with a JTAG router can
3439 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3440 @end deffn
3441
3442 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3443 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3444
3445 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3446 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3447
3448 @section TAP Names
3449 @cindex dotted name
3450
3451 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3452 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3453 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3454 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3455 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3456 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3457 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3458 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3459
3460 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3461 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3462 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3463
3464 @quotation Tip
3465 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3466 This feature is still present.
3467 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3468 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3469 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3470 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3471 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3472 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3473 @end quotation
3474
3475 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3476
3477 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3478 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3479 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3480 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3481 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3482
3483 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3484 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3485 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3486 overridable.
3487
3488 @cindex TAP naming convention
3489 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3490 and should follow this convention:
3491
3492 @itemize @bullet
3493 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3494 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3495 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3496 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3497 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3498 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3499 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3500 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3501 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3502 with a single TAP;
3503 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3504 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3505 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3506 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3507 @end itemize
3508
3509 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3510
3511 @itemize @bullet
3512 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3513 @*The length in bits of the
3514 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3515 @end itemize
3516
3517 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3518
3519 @itemize @bullet
3520 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3521 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3522 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3523 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3524 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3525 (the TAP is linked in).
3526 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3527 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3528 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3529 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3530 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3531 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3532 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3533 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3534 values that were found but not included in the list.
3535
3536 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3537 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3538 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3539 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3540 hardware to find these values.
3541 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3542 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3543 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3544 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3545 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3546 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3547 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3548 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3549 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3550 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3551 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3552 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3553 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3554 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3555 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3556 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3557 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3558 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3559 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3560 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3561 @end itemize
3562 @end deffn
3563
3564 @section Other TAP commands
3565
3566 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3567 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3568 At this writing this TAP attribute
3569 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3570 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3571 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3572 See the next section for information about the available events.
3573
3574 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3575 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3576 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3577 @end deffn
3578
3579 @anchor{TAP Events}
3580 @section TAP Events
3581 @cindex events
3582 @cindex TAP events
3583
3584 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3585 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3586 The other applies to debugger targets,
3587 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3588
3589 The TAP events currently defined are:
3590
3591 @itemize @bullet
3592 @item @b{post-reset}
3593 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3594 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3595 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3596 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3597 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3598
3599 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3600 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3601 of any particular target.
3602 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3603 @item @b{setup}
3604 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3605 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3606 @item @b{tap-disable}
3607 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3608 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3609 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3610 @item @b{tap-enable}
3611 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3612 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3613 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3614 @end itemize
3615
3616 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3617 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3618 contents to be accurate), you might:
3619
3620 @example
3621 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3622 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3623 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3624 @}
3625 @end example
3626
3627
3628 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3629 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3630 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3631 @cindex jrc
3632
3633 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3634 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3635 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3636 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3637 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3638
3639 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3640 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3641 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3642 be visible.
3643 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3644 ignores, such as:
3645
3646 @itemize
3647 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3648 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3649 TAPs receive new instructions.
3650 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3651 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3652 @end itemize
3653
3654 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3655 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3656 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3657 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3658
3659 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3660 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3661
3662 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3663 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3664 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3665 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3666 should define TAP event handlers using
3667 code that looks something like this:
3668
3669 @example
3670 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3671 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3672 @}
3673 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3674 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3675 @}
3676 @end example
3677
3678 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3679
3680 @example
3681 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3682 @end example
3683
3684 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3685 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3686 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3687 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3688
3689 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3690 If necessary, disables the tap
3691 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3692 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3693 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3694 and "0" if it is disabled.
3695 @end deffn
3696
3697 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3698 If necessary, enables the tap
3699 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3700 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3701 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3702 and "0" if it is disabled.
3703 @end deffn
3704
3705 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3706 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3707 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3708 and "0" if it is disabled.
3709
3710 @quotation Note
3711 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3712 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3713 @end quotation
3714 @end deffn
3715
3716 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3717 @section Autoprobing
3718 @cindex autoprobe
3719 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3720
3721 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3722 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3723 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3724 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3725
3726 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3727 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3728 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3729 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3730 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3731 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3732 right when they come out of reset).
3733
3734 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3735
3736 @example
3737 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3738 reset_config trst_and_srst
3739 jtag_rclk 8
3740 @end example
3741
3742 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3743 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3744
3745 @enumerate
3746 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3747 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3748 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3749 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3750 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3751 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3752 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3753 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3754 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3755 that is discovered.
3756 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3757 register, it will report it.
3758 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3759 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3760 @end enumerate
3761
3762 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3763 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3764 that's a bit more complex:
3765
3766 @example
3767 clock speed 8 kHz
3768 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3769 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3770 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3771 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3772 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3773 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3774 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3775 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3776 @end example
3777
3778 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3779 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3780 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3781 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3782 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3783 and so forth.
3784
3785 @node CPU Configuration
3786 @chapter CPU Configuration
3787 @cindex GDB target
3788
3789 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3790 You can also access these targets without GDB
3791 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3792 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3793 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3794 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3795
3796 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3797 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3798
3799 @section Target List
3800 @cindex target, current
3801 @cindex target, list
3802
3803 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3804 where each member has a name.
3805 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3806 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3807 (plural!) command.
3808 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3809 look like with more than one:
3810 @verbatim
3811 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3812 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3813 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3814 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3815 @end verbatim
3816
3817 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3818 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3819 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3820 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3821 space seen by that current target.
3822 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3823 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3824 are examples; and there are many more.
3825
3826 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3827
3828 @deffn Command {target count}
3829 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3830 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3831 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3832
3833 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3834 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3835 @example
3836 set c [target count]
3837 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3838 # Assuming you have created this function
3839 print_target_details $x
3840 @}
3841 @end example
3842 @end deffn
3843
3844 @deffn Command {target current}
3845 Returns the name of the current target.
3846 @end deffn
3847
3848 @deffn Command {target names}
3849 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3850 @example
3851 foreach t [target names] @{
3852 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3853 @}
3854 @end example
3855 @end deffn
3856
3857 @deffn Command {target number} number
3858 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3859 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3860
3861 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3862 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3863 @example
3864 set thename [target number $x]
3865 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3866 @end example
3867 @end deffn
3868
3869 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3870 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3871
3872 @deffn Command targets [name]
3873 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3874 command names are singular.}
3875
3876 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3877 targets in a user friendly form.
3878
3879 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3880 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3881 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3882 @end deffn
3883
3884 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3885 @cindex target type
3886 @cindex CPU type
3887 @cindex CPU variant
3888
3889 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3890 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3891 when calling @command{target create}.
3892 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3893 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3894 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3895 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3896 what core-specific commands may be available
3897 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3898 and more.
3899
3900 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3901 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3902 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3903 worked around in some chip versions.
3904
3905 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3906 since there's a command to list them.
3907 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3908 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3909
3910 @anchor{target types}
3911 @deffn Command {target types}
3912 Lists all supported target types.
3913 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3914
3915 @itemize @bullet
3916 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3917 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3918 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3919 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3920 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3921 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3922 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3923 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3924 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3925 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3926 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3927 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
3928 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3929 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3930 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3931 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3932 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3933 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3934 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3935 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3936 There are several variants defined:
3937 @itemize @minus
3938 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3939 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3940 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3941 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3942 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3943 @end itemize
3944 @end itemize
3945 @end deffn
3946
3947 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3948 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3949 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3950 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3951 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3952 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3953 reflect design generations;
3954 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3955 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3956
3957 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3958 @section Target Configuration
3959
3960 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3961 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3962 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3963 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3964 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3965
3966 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3967 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3968 optional parts.
3969 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3970 command, created as part of target creation.
3971
3972 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3973 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3974 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3975 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3976 to be much more board-specific.
3977 The key steps you use might look something like this
3978
3979 @example
3980 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3981 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3982 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3983 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3984 @end example
3985
3986 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3987 on-chip SRAM.
3988 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3989 writes to target memory;
3990 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3991 GDB memory checksumming;
3992 and more.
3993
3994 @quotation Warning
3995 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3996 inaccessible when application code
3997 (such as an operating system)
3998 enables or disables the MMU.
3999 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
4000 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
4001 easy access to other addresses needed.
4002 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
4003 @end quotation
4004
4005 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
4006 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
4007 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
4008 controllers.
4009 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
4010 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
4011 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
4012
4013 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
4014 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
4015 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
4016 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
4017 purposes including additional configuration.
4018
4019 @itemize @bullet
4020 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
4021 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
4022 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
4023 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
4024
4025 This name is also used to create the target object command,
4026 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
4027 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
4028 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
4029 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
4030 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
4031 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
4032 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
4033
4034 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
4035 @end itemize
4036 @end deffn
4037
4038 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
4039 The options accepted by this command may also be
4040 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
4041 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
4042 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
4043
4044 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
4045 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
4046 and changing its endianness or variant.
4047
4048 @itemize @bullet
4049
4050 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
4051 used to access this target.
4052
4053 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
4054 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
4055
4056 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
4057 @xref{Target Events}.
4058 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
4059 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
4060 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
4061 same event name assigns only one handler.
4062
4063 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
4064 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
4065
4066 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
4067 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
4068 @emph{it is not backed up.}
4069 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
4070 since performing a backup slows down operations.
4071 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
4072 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
4073
4074 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
4075 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
4076 or virtual address is being used.
4077
4078 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
4079 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
4080
4081 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
4082 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
4083 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
4084 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
4085 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
4086
4087 @item @code{-rtos} @var{rtos_type} -- enable rtos support for target,
4088 @var{rtos_type} can be one of @option{auto}|@option{eCos}|@option{ThreadX}|
4089 @option{FreeRTOS}|@option{linux}|@option{ChibiOS}.
4090
4091 @end itemize
4092 @end deffn
4093
4094 @section Other $target_name Commands
4095 @cindex object command
4096
4097 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
4098 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
4099
4100 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
4101 Once a button is created a button
4102 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
4103 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
4104 configure it like this:
4105
4106 @example
4107 # Create
4108 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
4109 # Modify
4110 .foobar configure -foreground blue
4111 # Query
4112 set x [.foobar cget -background]
4113 # Report
4114 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
4115 @end example
4116
4117 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
4118 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
4119
4120 @example
4121 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
4122 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
4123 @end example
4124
4125 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
4126
4127 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
4128 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
4129 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
4130 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
4131 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
4132 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
4133 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
4134 They are not otherwise documented here.
4135 @end deffn
4136
4137 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
4138 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
4139 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
4140 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
4141 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
4142 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
4143 the target side uses raw memory.
4144
4145 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
4146 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
4147 The script orientation comes from working with data
4148 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
4149 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
4150 and neither store nor return those values.
4151
4152 @itemize
4153 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
4154 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
4155 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
4156 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
4157 @end itemize
4158 @end deffn
4159
4160 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
4161 Each configuration parameter accepted by
4162 @command{$target_name configure}
4163 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
4164 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
4165 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
4166 There are a few special cases:
4167
4168 @itemize @bullet
4169 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
4170 event named @var{event_name}.
4171 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
4172 two parameters.
4173 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
4174 This is a special case because this is set using
4175 @command{target create} and can't be changed
4176 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4177 @end itemize
4178
4179 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4180 all the targets you might use something like this:
4181
4182 @example
4183 foreach name [target names] @{
4184 set y [$name cget -endian]
4185 set z [$name cget -type]
4186 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4187 $x $name $y $z]
4188 @}
4189 @end example
4190 @end deffn
4191
4192 @anchor{target curstate}
4193 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4194 Displays the current target state:
4195 @code{debug-running},
4196 @code{halted},
4197 @code{reset},
4198 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4199 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
4200 @end deffn
4201
4202 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4203 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4204 currently associated with this target.
4205 @xref{Target Events}.
4206 @end deffn
4207
4208 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4209 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4210 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4211 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4212 @end deffn
4213
4214 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4215 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4216 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4217 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4218 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4219 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4220 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4221 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4222 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4223 @end deffn
4224
4225 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4226 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4227 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4228 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4229 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4230 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4231 @end deffn
4232
4233 @anchor{Target Events}
4234 @section Target Events
4235 @cindex target events
4236 @cindex events
4237 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4238 For example:
4239 @itemize @bullet
4240 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4241 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4242 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4243 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4244 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4245 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4246 to set up system clocks or
4247 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4248 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4249 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4250 @end itemize
4251
4252 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4253 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4254 @command{target create ... -event}.
4255
4256 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4257 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4258 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4259
4260 @example
4261 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4262 echo "Reset..."
4263 reset halt
4264 @}
4265 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4266 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4267 echo "Reset..."
4268 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4269 reset init
4270 @}
4271 @end example
4272
4273 The following target events are defined:
4274
4275 @itemize @bullet
4276 @item @b{debug-halted}
4277 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4278 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4279 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4280 @item @b{early-halted}
4281 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4282 @item @b{examine-start}
4283 @* Before target examine is called.
4284 @item @b{examine-end}
4285 @* After target examine is called with no errors.
4286 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4287 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4288 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4289 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4290 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4291 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4292 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4293 @* When GDB disconnects
4294 @item @b{gdb-end}
4295 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4296 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4297 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4298 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4299 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4300 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4301 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4302 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4303 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4304 @item @b{gdb-start}
4305 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4306 @item @b{halted}
4307 @* The target has halted
4308 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4309 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4310 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4311 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4312 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4313 @item @b{reset-assert}
4314 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4315 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4316 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4317 it instead of asserting SRST.
4318 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4319 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4320 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4321 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4322 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4323 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4324 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4325 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4326 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4327 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4328 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4329 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4330 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4331 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4332 released on the scan chain.
4333 @item @b{reset-end}
4334 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4335 @ignore
4336 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4337 @* Currently not used
4338 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4339 @* Currently not used
4340 @end ignore
4341 @item @b{reset-init}
4342 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4343 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4344
4345 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4346 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4347 multiplexing, and so on.
4348 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4349 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4350 @item @b{reset-start}
4351 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4352 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4353
4354 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4355 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4356 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4357 @ignore
4358 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4359 @* Currently not used
4360 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4361 @* Currently not used
4362 @end ignore
4363 @item @b{resume-start}
4364 @* Before any target is resumed
4365 @item @b{resume-end}
4366 @* After all targets have resumed
4367 @item @b{resumed}
4368 @* Target has resumed
4369 @end itemize
4370
4371 @node Flash Commands
4372 @chapter Flash Commands
4373
4374 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4375 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4376 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4377 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4378 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4379 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4380 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4381 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4382 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4383
4384 Flash Steps:
4385 @enumerate
4386 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4387 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4388 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4389 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4390 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4391 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4392 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4393 @item GDB Flashing
4394 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4395 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4396 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
4397 @end enumerate
4398
4399 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4400 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4401 so that it can't boot.
4402 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4403 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4404
4405 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
4406 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4407 @cindex flash configuration
4408
4409 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4410 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4411 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4412 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4413 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4414 see the driver-specific documentation.
4415
4416 @itemize @bullet
4417 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4418 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4419 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4420 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4421 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4422 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4423 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
4424 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4425 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4426 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4427 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4428 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4429 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4430 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4431 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4432 commands to the flash controller.
4433 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4434 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4435 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4436 for more information.
4437 @end itemize
4438 @quotation Note
4439 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4440 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4441 @end quotation
4442 @end deffn
4443
4444 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4445 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4446 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4447 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4448 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4449 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4450 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4451 @end deffn
4452
4453 @deffn Command {flash list}
4454 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4455 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4456 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4457 @end deffn
4458
4459 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4460 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4461 depends on the flash type.
4462 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4463 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4464 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4465 but most don't bother.
4466 @end deffn
4467
4468 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4469 @cindex flash erasing
4470 @cindex flash reading
4471 @cindex flash writing
4472 @cindex flash programming
4473
4474 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4475 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4476 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4477 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4478 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4479
4480 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4481 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4482 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4483 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4484 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4485
4486 @quotation Note
4487 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4488 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4489 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4490 back to a flash bank.
4491 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4492 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4493 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4494 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4495 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4496 @end quotation
4497
4498 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4499 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4500 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4501 disabled first.
4502 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4503 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4504 @xref{flash protect}.
4505
4506 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4507 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4508 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4509 up to and including @var{last}.
4510 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4511 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4512 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4513 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4514 @end deffn
4515
4516 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4517 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4518 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4519 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4520 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4521 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4522 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4523 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4524 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4525 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4526 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4527 before erase starts.
4528 @end deffn
4529
4530 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4531 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4532 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4533 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4534 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4535 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4536 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4537 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4538 before issuing this command.
4539 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4540 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4541 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4542 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4543 @end deffn
4544 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4545
4546 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4547 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4548 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4549 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4550 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4551 @end deffn
4552
4553 @anchor{flash write_image}
4554 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4555 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4556 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4557 to the base address for each section in the image.
4558 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4559 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4560 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4561 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4562 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4563 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4564 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4565 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4566 each image section.
4567
4568 @quotation Warning
4569 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4570 data you want to preserve.
4571 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4572 sections might be erased with no notice.
4573 @itemize
4574 @item
4575 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4576 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4577 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4578 @item
4579 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4580 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4581 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4582 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4583 @end itemize
4584 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4585 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4586 @end quotation
4587
4588 @end deffn
4589
4590 @section Other Flash commands
4591 @cindex flash protection
4592
4593 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4594 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4595 and display that status.
4596 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4597 @end deffn
4598
4599 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4600 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4601 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4602 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4603 and possibly stale information.
4604 @end deffn
4605
4606 @anchor{flash protect}
4607 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4608 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4609 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4610 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4611 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4612 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4613 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4614 @end deffn
4615
4616 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4617 @section Flash Driver List
4618 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4619 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4620 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4621
4622 @subsection External Flash
4623
4624 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4625 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4626 @cindex CFI
4627 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4628 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4629 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4630 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4631 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4632 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4633 configure a bus and its timings), or
4634 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4635 on the flash chip.
4636 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4637 speed up operation.
4638
4639 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4640
4641 @itemize
4642 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4643 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4644 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4645 @end itemize
4646
4647 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4648 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4649
4650 @example
4651 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4652 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4653 @end example
4654
4655 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4656 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4657 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4658
4659 @example
4660 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4661 @end example
4662
4663 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4664 @end deffn
4665
4666 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpcspifi
4667 @cindex NXP SPI Flash Interface
4668 @cindex SPIFI
4669 @cindex lpcspifi
4670 NXP's LPC43xx and LPC18xx families include a proprietary SPI
4671 Flash Interface (SPIFI) peripheral that can drive and provide
4672 memory mapped access to external SPI flash devices.
4673
4674 The lpcspifi driver initializes this interface and provides
4675 program and erase functionality for these serial flash devices.
4676 Use of this driver @b{requires} a working area of at least 1kB
4677 to be configured on the target device; more than this will
4678 significantly reduce flash programming times.
4679
4680 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter. All
4681 other parameters are ignored, and the flash size and layout
4682 are configured by the driver.
4683
4684 @example
4685 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpcspifi 0x14000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4686 @end example
4687
4688 @end deffn
4689
4690 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4691 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4692 @cindex SMI
4693 @cindex stmsmi
4694 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4695 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4696 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4697 SPI flash devices.
4698 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4699 flash devices can be connected.
4700
4701 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4702 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4703 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4704 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4705 the flash content.
4706
4707 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4708 to identify the memory bank.
4709 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4710 flash size, are detected automatically.
4711
4712 @example
4713 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4714 @end example
4715
4716 @end deffn
4717
4718 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4719
4720 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4721 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4722 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4723 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4724 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4725 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4726
4727 @example
4728 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4729 @end example
4730 @end deffn
4731
4732 @anchor{at91sam3}
4733 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4734 @cindex at91sam3
4735 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4736 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4737 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4738 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4739 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4740 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4741 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4742 chips are confirmed.}
4743
4744 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4745 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4746 the following fixed locations:
4747
4748 @example
4749 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4750 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4751 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4752 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4753 @end example
4754
4755 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4756 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4757 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4758
4759 @itemize
4760 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4761 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4762 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4763 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4764 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4765 @end itemize
4766
4767 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4768
4769 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4770 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4771 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4772 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4773 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4774 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4775 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4776
4777 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4778 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4779 @end deffn
4780
4781 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4782 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4783 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4784 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4785 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4786 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4787 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4788 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4789 @end deffn
4790
4791 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4792 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4793 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4794 @end deffn
4795 @end deffn
4796
4797 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam4
4798 @cindex at91sam4
4799 All members of the AT91SAM4 microcontroller family from
4800 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M4 core.
4801 This driver uses the same cmd names/syntax as @xref{at91sam3}.
4802 @end deffn
4803
4804 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4805 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4806 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4807 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4808 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4809
4810 @example
4811 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4812 @end example
4813
4814 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4815 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4816
4817 @itemize
4818 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4819 @item @var{banks}
4820 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4821 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4822 @item @var{pages_size}
4823 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4824 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4825 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4826 @end itemize
4827
4828 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4829 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4830 will be autoconfigured.
4831 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4832
4833 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4834 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4835 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4836 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4837 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4838
4839 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4840 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4841 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4842 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4843 are not truly general purpose).
4844 @quotation Note
4845 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4846 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4847 @end quotation
4848 @end deffn
4849 @end deffn
4850
4851 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4852 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4853 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4854 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4855 @end deffn
4856
4857 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4858 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4859 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4860
4861 @quotation Note
4862 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4863 driver:
4864 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4865 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4866 @end quotation
4867
4868 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4869 which must appear in the following order:
4870
4871 @itemize
4872 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4873 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4874 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4875 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4876 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4877 at which the core is running
4878 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4879 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4880 @quotation Note
4881 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4882 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4883 However, if you do provide it,
4884 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4885 @end quotation
4886 @end itemize
4887
4888 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4889
4890 @example
4891 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4892 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4893 @end example
4894
4895 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4896 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4897 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4898 @end deffn
4899 @end deffn
4900
4901 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4902 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4903 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4904 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4905 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4906 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4907
4908 @example
4909 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4910 @end example
4911 @end deffn
4912
4913 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4914 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4915 from NXP.
4916
4917 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4918 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4919 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4920 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4921 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4922 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4923 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4924 you start the PLL.
4925
4926 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4927
4928 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4929 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4930 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4931
4932 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4933 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4934 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4935 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4936 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4937 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4938 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4939
4940 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4941 @example
4942 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4943 @end example
4944
4945 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4946 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4947 @code{flash banks} command.
4948
4949 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4950 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4951 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4952 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4953 a known signature.
4954 Example:
4955 @example
4956 lpc2900 signature 0
4957 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4958 @end example
4959 @end deffn
4960
4961 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4962 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4963 saves it to a file in binary format.
4964 Example:
4965 @example
4966 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4967 @end example
4968 @end deffn
4969
4970 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4971 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4972 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4973 command:
4974
4975 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4976 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4977 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4978 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4979
4980 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4981 Example:
4982 @example
4983 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4984 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4985 @end example
4986 @end deffn
4987
4988 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4989 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4990 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4991 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4992 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4993 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4994 912 bytes.
4995 @quotation Attention
4996 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4997 @end quotation
4998 Example:
4999 @example
5000 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
5001 @end example
5002 @end deffn
5003
5004 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
5005 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
5006 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
5007 after the next power cycle.
5008 @quotation Attention
5009 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5010 @end quotation
5011 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
5012 Example:
5013 @example
5014 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
5015 flash info 0
5016 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
5017 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5018 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
5019 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5020 @end example
5021 @end deffn
5022
5023 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
5024 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
5025 effective after the next power cycle.
5026 @quotation Attention
5027 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5028 @end quotation
5029 Examples:
5030 @example
5031 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
5032 @end example
5033 @end deffn
5034 @end deffn
5035
5036 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
5037 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
5038
5039 @example
5040 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5041 @end example
5042 @end deffn
5043
5044 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
5045 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
5046 and integrate flash memory.
5047
5048 @example
5049 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5050 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5051 @end example
5052
5053 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
5054 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5055 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
5056 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
5057 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
5058 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
5059 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
5060 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
5061 @end deffn
5062 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
5063 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
5064 This will remove any Code Protection.
5065 @end deffn
5066 @end deffn
5067
5068 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
5069 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
5070 Texas Instruments
5071 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5072 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5073 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5074 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
5075 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5076 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5077
5078 @example
5079 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5080 @end example
5081 @end deffn
5082
5083 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
5084 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
5085 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
5086 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
5087 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
5088 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
5089
5090 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
5091 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
5092 @quotation Warning
5093 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
5094 applied to all of them.
5095 @end quotation
5096 @end deffn
5097
5098 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
5099 All members of the STM32f1x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5100 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5101 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5102 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5103
5104 @example
5105 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5106 @end example
5107
5108 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
5109 as per the following example.
5110 @example
5111 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5112 @end example
5113
5114 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
5115 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
5116 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5117 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5118 are defined:
5119
5120 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
5121 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5122 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5123 @end deffn
5124
5125 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
5126 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5127 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5128 @end deffn
5129
5130 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
5131 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
5132 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
5133 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5134 @end deffn
5135
5136 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
5137 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
5138 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5139 @end deffn
5140 @end deffn
5141
5142 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
5143 All members of the STM32f2x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5144 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5145 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5146 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5147 @end deffn
5148
5149 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
5150 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5151 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5152 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
5153 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
5154
5155 @example
5156 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
5157 @end example
5158
5159 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
5160 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
5161 for the specified flash bank.
5162 @end deffn
5163 @end deffn
5164
5165 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
5166 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5167 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
5168 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
5169 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
5170
5171 @example
5172 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5173 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
5174 @end example
5175
5176 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
5177 Configures the str9 flash controller.
5178 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5179
5180 @itemize @bullet
5181 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
5182 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
5183 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5184 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5185 @end itemize
5186 @end deffn
5187
5188 @end deffn
5189
5190 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
5191 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
5192 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5193 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5194
5195 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
5196
5197 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5198 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5199 @end deffn
5200
5201 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5202 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5203 @end deffn
5204
5205 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5206 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5207 the flash clock.
5208 @end deffn
5209 @end deffn
5210
5211 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5212 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5213 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5214
5215 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5216
5217 @itemize
5218 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5219 @end itemize
5220
5221 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5222 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5223 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5224 @example
5225 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5226 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5227 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5228 @end example
5229 @end deffn
5230
5231 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5232 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5233 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5234 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5235 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5236 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5237 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5238
5239 @example
5240 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5241 @end example
5242 @end deffn
5243
5244 @subsection str9xpec driver
5245 @cindex str9xpec
5246
5247 Here is some background info to help
5248 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5249 the str9:
5250 @enumerate
5251 @item
5252 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5253 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5254 @item
5255 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5256 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5257 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5258 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5259 @end enumerate
5260
5261 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5262 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5263 configured for flash bank 0.
5264 @example
5265 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5266 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5267 jtag_reset 0 1
5268 # turn off target polling
5269 poll off
5270 # disable str9 core
5271 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5272 # read option bytes
5273 str9xpec options_read 0
5274 # re-enable str9 core
5275 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5276 poll on
5277 reset halt
5278 @end example
5279 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5280 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5281 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5282 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5283
5284 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5285 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5286 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5287 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5288 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5289
5290 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5291
5292 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5293 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5294 @end deffn
5295
5296 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5297 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5298 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5299 @end deffn
5300
5301 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5302 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5303 erase the device.
5304 @end deffn
5305
5306 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5307 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5308 @end deffn
5309
5310 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5311 Configure str9 boot bank.
5312 @end deffn
5313
5314 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5315 Configure str9 lvd source.
5316 @end deffn
5317
5318 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5319 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5320 @end deffn
5321
5322 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5323 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5324 @end deffn
5325
5326 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5327 Read str9 option bytes.
5328 @end deffn
5329
5330 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5331 Write str9 option bytes.
5332 @end deffn
5333
5334 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5335 unlock str9 device.
5336 @end deffn
5337
5338 @end deffn
5339
5340
5341 @section mFlash
5342
5343 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5344 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5345
5346 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5347 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5348 address @var{base}.
5349 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5350 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5351
5352 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5353
5354 @example
5355 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5356 @end example
5357
5358 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5359
5360 @example
5361 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5362 @end example
5363 @end deffn
5364
5365 @subsection mFlash commands
5366 @cindex mFlash commands
5367
5368 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5369 Configure mflash PLL.
5370 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5371 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5372 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5373 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5374 @end deffn
5375
5376 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5377 Configure bootable option.
5378 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5379 (4kB) for boot.
5380 @end deffn
5381
5382 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5383 Configure storage information.
5384 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5385 written.
5386 @end deffn
5387
5388 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5389 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5390 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5391 @end deffn
5392
5393 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5394 Probe mflash.
5395 @end deffn
5396
5397 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5398 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5399 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5400 @end deffn
5401
5402 @node NAND Flash Commands
5403 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5404 @cindex NAND
5405
5406 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5407 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5408 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5409
5410 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5411 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5412 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5413 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5414 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5415 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5416
5417 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5418 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5419 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5420 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5421 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5422 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5423 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5424 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5425 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5426 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5427
5428 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5429 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5430 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5431 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5432 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5433 every 512 bytes of data.
5434
5435 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5436 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5437 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5438 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5439 ECC mode is used.
5440
5441 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5442 @enumerate
5443 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5444 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5445 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5446 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5447 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5448 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5449 to access that device.
5450 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5451 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5452 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5453 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5454 de-brick a board.
5455 @end enumerate
5456
5457 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5458 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5459 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5460 are only 32 bits wide.
5461 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5462 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5463 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5464 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5465
5466 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
5467 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5468 @cindex NAND configuration
5469
5470 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5471 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5472 OpenOCD has initialized.
5473
5474 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5475 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5476 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5477 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5478 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5479 they were a single (larger) device.
5480 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5481 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5482
5483 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5484 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5485 configuration files, not interactively.
5486
5487 @itemize @bullet
5488 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5489 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5490 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5491 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5492 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
5493 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5494 commands to the NAND controller.
5495 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5496 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5497 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5498 for more information.
5499 @end itemize
5500 @end deffn
5501
5502 @deffn Command {nand list}
5503 Prints a summary of each device declared
5504 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5505 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5506 @example
5507 > nand list
5508 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5509 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5510 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5511 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5512 >
5513 @end example
5514 @end deffn
5515
5516 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5517 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5518 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5519 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5520 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5521 it with most other NAND commands.
5522 @end deffn
5523
5524 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5525
5526 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5527 @cindex NAND reading
5528 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5529 starting at the specified offset.
5530 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5531
5532 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5533 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5534
5535 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5536 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5537 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5538
5539 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5540 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5541 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5542 method which handled that error correction.
5543
5544 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5545 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5546 @itemize @bullet
5547 @item no oob_* parameter
5548 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5549 @item @code{oob_raw}
5550 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5551 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5552 spare areas associated with each data page.
5553 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5554 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5555 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5556 @item @code{oob_only}
5557 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5558 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5559 spare areas associated with each data page.
5560 @end itemize
5561 @end deffn
5562
5563 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5564 @cindex NAND erasing
5565 @cindex NAND programming
5566 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5567 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5568 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5569 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5570 If those parameters are not specified,
5571 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5572 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5573
5574 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5575 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5576 block marker.
5577 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5578 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5579 @end deffn
5580
5581 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5582 @cindex NAND writing
5583 @cindex NAND programming
5584 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5585 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5586 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5587 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5588
5589 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5590 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5591
5592 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5593 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5594 past the end of the device.
5595 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5596 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5597 if that's being written.)
5598
5599 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5600 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5601 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5602
5603 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5604 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5605 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5606 @itemize @bullet
5607 @item no oob_* parameter
5608 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5609 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5610 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5611 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5612 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5613 @item @code{oob_only}
5614 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5615 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5616 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5617 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5618 @item @code{oob_raw}
5619 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5620 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5621 un-altered OOB.
5622 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5623 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5624 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5625 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5626 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5627 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5628 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5629 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5630 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5631 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5632 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5633 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5634 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5635 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5636 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5637 @end itemize
5638 @end deffn
5639
5640 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5641 @cindex NAND verification
5642 @cindex NAND programming
5643 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5644 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5645 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5646
5647 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5648 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5649
5650 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5651 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5652 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5653 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5654 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5655
5656 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5657 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5658 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5659
5660 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5661 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5662 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5663 be removed in a future release.
5664 @end deffn
5665
5666 @section Other NAND commands
5667 @cindex NAND other commands
5668
5669 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5670 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5671 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5672 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5673 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5674 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5675 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5676 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5677
5678 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5679 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5680 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5681 @end deffn
5682
5683 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5684 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5685 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5686 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5687 status for each block.
5688 @end deffn
5689
5690 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5691 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5692 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5693
5694 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5695 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5696 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5697 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5698 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5699
5700 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5701 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5702 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5703 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5704 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5705 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5706 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5707 @end deffn
5708
5709 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5710 @section NAND Driver List
5711 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5712 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5713 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5714
5715 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5716 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5717 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5718 address of the ECC controller.
5719 @example
5720 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5721 @end example
5722 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5723 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5724 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5725 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5726 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5727 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5728 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5729 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5730 @end deffn
5731 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5732 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5733 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5734 @end deffn
5735
5736 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5737 properly configured for input or output.
5738 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5739 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5740 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5741 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5742 @end deffn
5743 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5744 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5745 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5746 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5747 @end deffn
5748 @end deffn
5749
5750 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5751 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5752 chips from Texas Instruments.
5753 It takes three extra parameters:
5754 address of the NAND chip;
5755 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5756 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5757 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5758 @example
5759 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5760 @end example
5761 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5762 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5763 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5764 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5765 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5766 @end deffn
5767
5768 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5769 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5770 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5771 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5772 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5773 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5774 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5775 @end deffn
5776
5777 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5778 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5779 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5780 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5781 @end deffn
5782 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5783
5784 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
5785 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
5786 should work for this chip aswell.
5787 @end deffn
5788
5789 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
5790 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
5791 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
5792 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
5793 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
5794 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
5795 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
5796 @example
5797 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
5798 @end example
5799 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
5800 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
5801 without parameter query status.
5802 @end deffn
5803 @end deffn
5804
5805 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5806 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5807 parameter: the address of the controller.
5808 @example
5809 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5810 @end example
5811 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5812 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5813 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5814 change any behavior.
5815 @end deffn
5816
5817 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5818 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5819 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5820 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5821 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5822 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5823 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5824 specialized commands.
5825 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5826 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5827 change any behavior.
5828 @end deffn
5829
5830 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5831 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5832 @cindex PLD
5833 @cindex FPGA
5834
5835 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5836 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5837 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5838 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5839 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5840 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5841 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5842
5843 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5844
5845 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5846 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5847 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5848
5849 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5850 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5851
5852 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5853 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5854 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5855 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5856 behavior.
5857 @end deffn
5858
5859 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5860 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5861 @end deffn
5862
5863 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5864 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5865 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5866 @end deffn
5867
5868 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5869
5870 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5871 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5872 that particular type of PLD.
5873
5874 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5875 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5876 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5877 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5878 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5879
5880 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5881 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5882 for FPGA @var{num}.
5883 @end deffn
5884 @end deffn
5885
5886 @node General Commands
5887 @chapter General Commands
5888 @cindex commands
5889
5890 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5891 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5892 commands are documented elsewhere.
5893
5894 Intent:
5895 @itemize @bullet
5896 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5897 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5898 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5899 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5900
5901 @item @b{From the human}
5902 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5903 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5904
5905 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5906 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5907 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5908
5909 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5910 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5911 port is 5555.
5912 @end itemize
5913
5914
5915 @section Daemon Commands
5916
5917 @deffn {Command} exit
5918 Exits the current telnet session.
5919 @end deffn
5920
5921 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5922 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5923 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5924 Not every command provides helptext.
5925
5926 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5927 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5928 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5929 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5930 @end deffn
5931
5932 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5933 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5934 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5935 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5936 Useful in connection with script files
5937 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5938 @end deffn
5939
5940 @deffn Command shutdown
5941 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5942 @end deffn
5943
5944 @anchor{debug_level}
5945 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5946 @cindex message level
5947 Display debug level.
5948 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5949 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5950 Level 0 is error messages only;
5951 level 1 adds warnings;
5952 level 2 adds informational messages;
5953 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5954 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5955 the command line along with the location of that log
5956 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5957 @xref{Running}.
5958 @end deffn
5959
5960 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
5961 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5962 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5963 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
5964 @example
5965 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5966 @end example
5967 @end deffn
5968
5969 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5970 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5971 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5972 @end deffn
5973
5974 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5975 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5976 @end deffn
5977
5978 @anchor{Target State handling}
5979 @section Target State handling
5980 @cindex reset
5981 @cindex halt
5982 @cindex target initialization
5983
5984 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5985 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5986 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5987 a current target which is used to perform the
5988 various operations. The current target may be changed
5989 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5990 target which should become current.
5991
5992 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5993 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5994 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5995 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5996 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5997
5998 @emph{With no arguments}:
5999 list all available registers for the current target,
6000 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
6001 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
6002 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
6003 are flagged as such.
6004
6005 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
6006
6007 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
6008 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
6009 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
6010 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
6011 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
6012 relevant module will flush such values.
6013
6014 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
6015 Debug and trace infrastructure:
6016
6017 @example
6018 > reg
6019 ===== ARM registers
6020 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
6021 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
6022 (2) r2 (/32)
6023 ...
6024 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
6025 >
6026 @end example
6027 @end deffn
6028
6029 @deffn Command halt [ms]
6030 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
6031 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
6032 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
6033 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
6034 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
6035 (and enter debug mode).
6036 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
6037
6038 @quotation Warning
6039 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
6040 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
6041 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
6042 power mode by gating the core clock;
6043 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
6044
6045 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
6046 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
6047 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
6048 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
6049 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
6050 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
6051
6052 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
6053 work with a JTAG debugger.
6054 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
6055 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6056 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
6057 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
6058 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
6059 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
6060 @end quotation
6061
6062 @end deffn
6063
6064 @deffn Command resume [address]
6065 Resume the target at its current code position,
6066 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6067 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
6068 @end deffn
6069
6070 @deffn Command step [address]
6071 Single-step the target at its current code position,
6072 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6073 @end deffn
6074
6075 @anchor{Reset Command}
6076 @deffn Command reset
6077 @deffnx Command {reset run}
6078 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
6079 @deffnx Command {reset init}
6080 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
6081 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
6082 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
6083
6084 The optional parameter specifies what should
6085 happen after the reset.
6086 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
6087 The other options will not work on all systems.
6088 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6089
6090 @itemize @minus
6091 @item @b{run} Let the target run
6092 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
6093 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
6094 @end itemize
6095 @end deffn
6096
6097 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
6098 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
6099 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
6100 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
6101 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
6102 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
6103 state.
6104 @end deffn
6105
6106 @section I/O Utilities
6107
6108 These commands are available when
6109 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
6110 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
6111 notably the ZY1000.
6112 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
6113
6114 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
6115
6116 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
6117 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
6118 the text file @file{filename}.
6119 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
6120 The last string is followed by a newline.
6121 @end deffn
6122
6123 @deffn Command cat filename
6124 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
6125 @end deffn
6126
6127 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
6128 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
6129 into @file{dest_filename}.
6130 @end deffn
6131
6132 @deffn Command ip
6133 @emph{No description provided.}
6134 @end deffn
6135
6136 @deffn Command ls
6137 @emph{No description provided.}
6138 @end deffn
6139
6140 @deffn Command mac
6141 @emph{No description provided.}
6142 @end deffn
6143
6144 @deffn Command meminfo
6145 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
6146 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
6147 @end deffn
6148
6149 @deffn Command peek
6150 @emph{No description provided.}
6151 @end deffn
6152
6153 @deffn Command poke
6154 @emph{No description provided.}
6155 @end deffn
6156
6157 @deffn Command rm filename
6158 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
6159 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
6160 @end deffn
6161
6162 @deffn Command trunc filename
6163 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
6164 @end deffn
6165
6166 @anchor{Memory access}
6167 @section Memory access commands
6168 @cindex memory access
6169
6170 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
6171 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
6172 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
6173 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
6174
6175 @enumerate
6176 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
6177 to change the current target.
6178 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
6179 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
6180 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
6181 @end enumerate
6182
6183 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
6184 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
6185 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
6186 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
6187 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
6188 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
6189 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6190 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6191 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6192 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6193 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
6194 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
6195 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
6196 @end deffn
6197
6198 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6199 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6200 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6201 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6202 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6203 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6204 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6205 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6206 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6207 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6208 @end deffn
6209
6210
6211 @anchor{Image access}
6212 @section Image loading commands
6213 @cindex image loading
6214 @cindex image dumping
6215
6216 @anchor{dump_image}
6217 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6218 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6219 binary file named @var{filename}.
6220 @end deffn
6221
6222 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6223 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6224 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6225 @end deffn
6226
6227 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6228 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6229 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6230 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6231 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6232 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6233 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6234 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6235 separately.
6236 @end deffn
6237
6238 @anchor{load_image}
6239 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6240 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6241 The file format may optionally be specified
6242 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6243 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6244 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6245 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6246 @example
6247 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6248 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6249 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6250 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6251 @}
6252 @end example
6253 @end deffn
6254
6255 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6256 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6257 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6258 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6259 The file format may optionally be specified
6260 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6261 @end deffn
6262
6263 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6264 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6265 The file format may optionally be specified
6266 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6267 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6268 @end deffn
6269
6270
6271 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6272 @cindex breakpoint
6273 @cindex watchpoint
6274
6275 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6276 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6277 watchpoints.
6278 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6279
6280 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6281 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6282 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6283 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6284 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6285 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6286
6287 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
6288 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6289 @end deffn
6290
6291 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6292 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6293 @end deffn
6294
6295 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6296 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6297 @end deffn
6298
6299 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6300 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6301 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6302 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6303 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6304 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6305 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6306 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6307 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6308 @end deffn
6309
6310 @section Misc Commands
6311
6312 @cindex profiling
6313 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6314 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6315 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6316 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6317 @end deffn
6318
6319 @deffn Command {version}
6320 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6321 @end deffn
6322
6323 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6324 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6325 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6326 @end deffn
6327
6328 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6329 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6330 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6331 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6332
6333 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6334 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6335 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6336 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6337
6338 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
6339 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6340 @cindex tracing
6341 @cindex ETM
6342 @cindex ETB
6343
6344 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6345 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6346 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6347
6348 @itemize
6349 @item
6350 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6351 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6352 supports such an interface.
6353 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6354 and trace port support.)
6355 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6356 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6357 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6358 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6359 in the board-specific configuration file.
6360 @item
6361 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6362 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6363 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6364 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6365 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6366 @end itemize
6367
6368 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6369
6370 @quotation Issues
6371 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6372 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6373
6374 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6375 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6376 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6377 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6378 dummy trace port driver}.
6379
6380 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6381 as well as tracing only during specific states
6382 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6383
6384 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6385 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6386 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6387 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6388 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6389
6390 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6391 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6392 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6393 this original style of JTAG access.
6394 @end quotation
6395
6396 @subsection ETM Configuration
6397 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6398
6399 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6400 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6401 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
6402
6403 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6404 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6405 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6406 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6407 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6408 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6409 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6410 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6411 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6412
6413 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6414 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6415 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6416
6417 @quotation Warning
6418 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6419 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6420 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6421 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6422 @end quotation
6423
6424 @quotation Note
6425 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6426 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6427 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6428 what CPU activities are traced.
6429 @end quotation
6430 @end deffn
6431
6432 @deffn Command {etm info}
6433 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6434 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6435 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6436 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6437 @end deffn
6438
6439 @deffn Command {etm status}
6440 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6441 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6442 Did trace data overflow?
6443 Was it triggered?
6444 @end deffn
6445
6446 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6447 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6448 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6449 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6450 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6451
6452 @itemize
6453 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6454 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6455 The value is one of
6456 @option{none} (save nothing),
6457 @option{data} (save data),
6458 @option{address} (save addresses),
6459 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6460 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6461 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6462 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6463 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6464 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6465 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6466 trace stream without an image of the code.
6467 @end itemize
6468 @end deffn
6469
6470 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6471 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6472 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6473 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6474 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6475
6476 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6477 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6478 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6479 @end deffn
6480
6481 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6482
6483 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6484 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6485 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6486
6487 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6488 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6489 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6490 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6491 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6492 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6493 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6494
6495 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6496
6497 @itemize
6498 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6499 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6500 for instruction access within that function's body.
6501 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6502 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6503 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6504 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6505 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6506 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6507 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6508 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6509 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6510 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6511 @item @emph{... more}
6512 @end itemize
6513
6514 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6515 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6516
6517 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6518 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6519 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6520 @end deffn
6521
6522 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6523 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6524 @end deffn
6525
6526 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6527 Opens an image file.
6528 @end deffn
6529
6530 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6531 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6532 @end deffn
6533
6534 @deffn Command {etm start}
6535 Starts trace data collection.
6536 @end deffn
6537
6538 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6539 Stops trace data collection.
6540 @end deffn
6541
6542 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6543 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6544
6545 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6546
6547 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6548 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6549 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6550 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6551 any trace data collection.}
6552 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6553 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6554 @end deffn
6555 @end deffn
6556
6557 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6558 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6559 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6560 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6561 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6562 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6563 @end deffn
6564 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6565 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6566 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6567 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6568 trace trigger becomes active.
6569
6570 @itemize
6571 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6572 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6573 afterwards.
6574 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6575 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6576 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6577 what caused that event to happen.
6578 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6579 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6580 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6581 how the event caused trouble.
6582 @end itemize
6583 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6584 @end deffn
6585
6586 @end deffn
6587
6588 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6589 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6590 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6591 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6592 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6593
6594 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6595 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6596
6597 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6598 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6599 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6600 @end deffn
6601
6602 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6603 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6604 @end deffn
6605
6606 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6607 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6608 @end deffn
6609 @end deffn
6610
6611
6612 @section Generic ARM
6613 @cindex ARM
6614
6615 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6616 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6617 commands that may be available.
6618
6619 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6620 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6621 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6622 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6623 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6624 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6625 @end deffn
6626
6627 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6628 @cindex disassemble
6629 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6630 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6631 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6632 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6633 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6634 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6635 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6636
6637 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6638 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6639 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6640 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6641 with a handful of exceptions.
6642 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6643 @end deffn
6644
6645 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6646 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6647 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6648 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6649 and using the MCR instruction.
6650 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6651 an ARM register.)
6652 @end deffn
6653
6654 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6655 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6656 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6657 and the MRC instruction.
6658 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6659 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6660 an ARM register.)
6661 @end deffn
6662
6663 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6664 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6665 core mode if necessary.
6666 @end deffn
6667
6668 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6669 @cindex ARM semihosting
6670 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6671
6672 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6673 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6674 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6675 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6676 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6677 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6678 @end deffn
6679
6680 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6681 @cindex ARMv4
6682 @cindex ARMv5
6683
6684 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6685 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6686 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6687 variant.
6688
6689 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6690 @cindex ARM7
6691 @cindex ARM9
6692
6693 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6694 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6695 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6696 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6697
6698 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6699 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6700 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6701 instead of breakpoints.
6702 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6703
6704 This should be
6705 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6706 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6707 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6708 @end deffn
6709
6710 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6711 @cindex DCC
6712 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6713 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6714 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6715
6716 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6717 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6718 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6719 @end deffn
6720
6721 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6722 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6723 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6724 that don't check completion of the operation.
6725 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6726
6727 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6728 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6729 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6730 @end deffn
6731
6732 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6733 @cindex ARM720T
6734
6735 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6736 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6737 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6738 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6739
6740 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6741 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6742 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6743
6744 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6745 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6746 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6747 @end deffn
6748
6749 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6750 @cindex ARM9
6751
6752 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6753 integer processors.
6754 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6755
6756 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6757 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6758 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6759 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6760
6761 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6762 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6763 @cindex vector_catch
6764 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6765 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6766 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6767 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6768 to those hardware vectors.
6769
6770 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6771 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6772 vector catch hardware to intercept
6773 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6774 @option{none} of them,
6775 or a list with one or more of the following:
6776 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6777 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6778 @end deffn
6779
6780 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6781 @cindex ARM920T
6782
6783 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6784 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6785 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6786 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6787 and ARM9 commands.
6788
6789 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6790 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6791 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6792 @end deffn
6793
6794 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6795 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6796 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6797 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6798 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6799 (Not all registers can be written.)
6800 @end deffn
6801
6802 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6803 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6804 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6805
6806 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6807 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6808 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6809 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6810 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6811 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6812 @end deffn
6813
6814 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6815 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6816 @end deffn
6817
6818 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6819 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6820 @end deffn
6821
6822 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6823 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6824
6825 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6826 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6827 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6828 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6829 and ARM9 commands.
6830
6831 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6832 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6833
6834 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6835 Print information about the caches found.
6836 @end deffn
6837
6838 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6839 @cindex ARM966E
6840
6841 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6842 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6843 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6844 and ARM9 commands.
6845
6846 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6847 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6848 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6849 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6850 ARM966E-S TRM.
6851 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6852 as required for BIST support.
6853 @end deffn
6854
6855 @subsection XScale specific commands
6856 @cindex XScale
6857
6858 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6859
6860 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6861 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6862 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6863 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6864 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6865 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6866 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6867
6868 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
6869 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
6870 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
6871 the mini-IC.
6872
6873 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6874 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6875 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6876 code layout in memory:
6877 @example
6878 _vectors:
6879 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6880 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6881 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6882 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6883 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6884 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6885 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6886 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6887 .org 0x100
6888 .long real_reset_vector
6889 .long real_ui_handler
6890 .long real_swi_handler
6891 .long real_pf_abort
6892 .long real_data_abort
6893 .long 0 /* unused */
6894 .long real_irq_handler
6895 .long real_fiq_handler
6896 @end example
6897
6898 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
6899 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
6900 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
6901 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
6902 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
6903 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
6904 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
6905 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
6906 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
6907 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
6908 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
6909 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
6910 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
6911 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
6912 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
6913 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
6914 software.
6915
6916 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6917 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6918 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6919 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6920
6921 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
6922 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
6923 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
6924 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
6925 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
6926 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
6927 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
6928 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
6929 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
6930
6931 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6932 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6933
6934 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6935 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6936 @end deffn
6937
6938 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6939 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6940 @end deffn
6941
6942 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6943 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6944 @end deffn
6945
6946 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6947 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6948 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6949 @end deffn
6950
6951 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6952 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6953 @end deffn
6954
6955 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6956 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6957 @end deffn
6958
6959 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6960 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6961 @end deffn
6962
6963 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6964 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6965 @end deffn
6966
6967 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6968 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6969 @end deffn
6970
6971 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6972 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6973 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6974 and modifying how it is emptied.
6975 @end deffn
6976
6977 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6978 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6979 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6980 The image @var{type} may be one of
6981 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6982 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6983 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6984 @end deffn
6985
6986 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6987 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6988 @cindex vector_catch
6989 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6990 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6991
6992 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6993 @example
6994 0x01 Trap Reset
6995 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6996 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6997 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6998 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6999 0x20 reserved
7000 0x40 Trap IRQ
7001 0x80 Trap FIQ
7002 @end example
7003 @end deffn
7004
7005 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
7006 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
7007 @cindex vector_table
7008
7009 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
7010 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
7011 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
7012 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
7013 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
7014
7015 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
7016
7017 @end deffn
7018
7019 @section ARMv6 Architecture
7020 @cindex ARMv6
7021
7022 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
7023 @cindex ARM11
7024
7025 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7026 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
7027 which is enabled by default.
7028 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7029 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
7030 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
7031 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
7032 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
7033 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
7034 @end deffn
7035
7036 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7037 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
7038 which is enabled by default.
7039 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7040 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
7041 @end deffn
7042
7043 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7044 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
7045 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
7046 they are disabled by default.
7047 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
7048 @end deffn
7049
7050 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
7051 @cindex vector_catch
7052 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
7053 coprocessor 14 register 7.
7054 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7055
7056 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7057 for certain hardware events.
7058 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
7059 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
7060 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
7061 @end deffn
7062
7063 @section ARMv7 Architecture
7064 @cindex ARMv7
7065
7066 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
7067 @cindex Debug Access Port
7068 @cindex DAP
7069 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
7070 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
7071 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
7072
7073 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
7074 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
7075 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7076 @end deffn
7077
7078 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
7079 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
7080 @end deffn
7081
7082 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
7083 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
7084 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7085 @end deffn
7086
7087 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
7088 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
7089 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7090 @end deffn
7091
7092 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
7093 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
7094 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
7095 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7096 @end deffn
7097
7098 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
7099 @cindex Cortex-M3
7100
7101 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
7102 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
7103
7104 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
7105 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
7106 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
7107 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
7108 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
7109 the step command leaves with the core running.
7110
7111 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
7112 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
7113 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
7114
7115 Default is @option{auto}.
7116 @end deffn
7117
7118 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7119 @cindex vector_catch
7120 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7121 for certain hardware events.
7122
7123 Parameters request interception of
7124 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
7125 @option{none} of them,
7126 or one or more of the following:
7127 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
7128 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
7129 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
7130 @option{irq_err},
7131 @option{state_err},
7132 @option{chk_err}, or
7133 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
7134 @option{reset}.
7135 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
7136 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
7137 are mapped to HardFault.
7138 UsageFault checks for
7139 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
7140 must also be explicitly enabled.
7141
7142 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
7143 @end deffn
7144
7145 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
7146 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
7147 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7148 @itemize @minus
7149 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7150 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
7151 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
7152 @end itemize
7153 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
7154 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
7155 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
7156 the peripherals.
7157 @xref{Target Events}.
7158 @end deffn
7159
7160 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
7161 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
7162 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
7163 @cindex tracing
7164 @cindex libdcc
7165 @cindex DCC
7166 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
7167 the target uses appropriate libraries.
7168 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
7169 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
7170
7171 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
7172 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
7173 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
7174 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
7175 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
7176 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
7177
7178 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
7179 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
7180 arrays of various size integers from the target,
7181 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
7182 The target being debugged may
7183 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
7184 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
7185 each supported by a command:
7186
7187 @itemize
7188 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
7189 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
7190 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
7191 finding out how some fault was triggered.
7192
7193 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
7194 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
7195 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
7196
7197 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7198 and then displayed at any time.
7199 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7200
7201 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7202 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7203 @end itemize
7204
7205 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7206 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7207 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7208 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7209 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7210 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7211 does the same thing.
7212
7213 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7214 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7215 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7216 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7217 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7218
7219 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7220 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7221 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7222 @end deffn
7223
7224 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7225 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7226 in the order they triggered.
7227 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7228 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7229 history records.
7230 @end deffn
7231
7232 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7233 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7234 they have been triggered.
7235 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7236 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7237 and associates it with that identifier.
7238
7239 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7240 are not related except by this command.
7241 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7242 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7243 @end deffn
7244
7245
7246 @node JTAG Commands
7247 @chapter JTAG Commands
7248 @cindex JTAG Commands
7249 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7250 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7251 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7252 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7253 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7254
7255 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7256 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7257
7258 @itemize @bullet
7259 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7260 devices such as a CPUs.
7261 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7262 standard state machine (in parallel)
7263 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7264 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7265 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7266 while the reading previous ones.
7267 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7268 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7269 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7270 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7271 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7272 registers.
7273 @end itemize
7274
7275 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7276
7277 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7278 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7279 the order of TAP state transitions.
7280 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7281 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7282 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7283 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7284 these commands are not available.
7285
7286 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7287 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7288 that specify the entire register.
7289 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7290 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7291 The return value holds the original value of each
7292 of those fields.
7293
7294 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7295 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7296 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7297 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7298 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7299
7300 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7301 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7302
7303 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7304 in that state.
7305 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7306 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7307 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7308
7309 @quotation Warning
7310 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7311 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7312 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7313 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7314 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7315 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7316 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7317 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7318 @end quotation
7319 @end deffn
7320
7321 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7322 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7323 This may be used for performance tuning.
7324
7325 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7326 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7327 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7328 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7329 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7330 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7331 @end deffn
7332
7333 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7334 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7335 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7336 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7337 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7338 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7339
7340 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7341 in that state.
7342 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7343 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7344 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7345
7346 @quotation Note
7347 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7348 register values, unlike data register values.
7349 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7350 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7351 @end quotation
7352 @end deffn
7353
7354 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7355 Set values of reset signals.
7356 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7357 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7358 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7359 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7360 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7361 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7362 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7363
7364 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7365 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7366 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7367 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7368 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7369 instead of the TRST signal.
7370 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7371 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7372 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7373 with handlers for that event.
7374 @end deffn
7375
7376 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7377 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7378 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7379 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7380 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7381 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7382 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7383 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7384 The final state must also be stable.
7385 @end deffn
7386
7387 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7388 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7389 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7390 Instructions often need some time
7391 to execute before they take effect.
7392 @end deffn
7393
7394 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7395 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7396
7397 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7398 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7399 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7400 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7401 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7402 @end deffn
7403
7404 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7405 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7406 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7407 must also be enabled.
7408 Default is enabled.
7409 @end deffn
7410
7411 @section TAP state names
7412 @cindex TAP state names
7413
7414 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7415 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7416 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7417 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7418
7419 @itemize @bullet
7420 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7421 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7422 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7423 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7424 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7425 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7426 through the data register
7427 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7428 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7429 for update or more shifting
7430 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7431 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7432 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7433 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7434 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7435 through the instruction register
7436 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7437 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7438 for update or more shifting
7439 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7440 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7441 @end itemize
7442
7443 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7444 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7445 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7446 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7447
7448 @itemize @bullet
7449 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7450 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7451 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7452 may not be as expected.
7453 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7454 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7455 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7456 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7457 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7458 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7459 @end itemize
7460
7461 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7462 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7463
7464 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7465 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7466 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7467 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7468
7469 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7470 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7471 @cindex SVF
7472
7473 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7474 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7475 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7476 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7477
7478 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7479 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7480 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7481 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7482 each command is logged before it is executed.
7483 @end deffn
7484
7485 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7486 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7487 @cindex XSVF
7488
7489 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7490 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7491 Xilinx devices.
7492 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7493 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7494
7495 @quotation Important
7496 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7497 @end quotation
7498
7499 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7500 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7501 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7502 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7503 that TAP.
7504 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7505 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7506 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7507 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7508 @end deffn
7509
7510 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7511 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7512 after building the software.
7513 You may find them useful:
7514
7515 @itemize
7516 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7517 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7518 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7519 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7520 @end itemize
7521
7522 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7523 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7524 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7525 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7526 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7527 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7528 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7529
7530
7531 @node TFTP
7532 @chapter TFTP
7533 @cindex TFTP
7534 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7535 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7536
7537 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7538 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7539 server (tftpd). For example,
7540
7541 @example
7542 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7543 @end example
7544
7545 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7546 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7547
7548 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7549 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7550 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7551 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7552
7553 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7554 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7555 @cindex GDB
7556 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7557 to debug remote targets.
7558 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7559
7560 @itemize
7561 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7562 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
7563 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7564 as shown in this chapter.
7565 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7566 that also will probably need to be configured.
7567 @end itemize
7568
7569 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7570 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7571 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7572 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7573 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7574 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7575
7576 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7577 @section Connecting to GDB
7578 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7579 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7580 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7581 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7582 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7583
7584 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7585
7586 @enumerate
7587 @item
7588 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7589 @example
7590 target remote localhost:3333
7591 @end example
7592 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7593
7594 It is also possible to use the GDB extended remote protocol as follows:
7595 @example
7596 target extended-remote localhost:3333
7597 @end example
7598 @item
7599 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7600 @example
7601 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7602 @end example
7603 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7604 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7605 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7606 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7607 @end enumerate
7608
7609 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7610 GDB command line.
7611
7612 @section Sample GDB session startup
7613
7614 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7615 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7616 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7617 small ARM program.
7618 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7619 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7620
7621 @example
7622 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7623 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7624 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7625 ...
7626 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7627 ...
7628 (gdb) load
7629 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7630 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7631 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7632 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7633 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7634 (gdb) continue
7635 Continuing.
7636 ...
7637 @end example
7638
7639 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7640 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7641 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7642 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7643
7644 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7645
7646 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7647 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7648 packet size and the device's memory map.
7649 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7650 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7651 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7652
7653 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7654 You may need to set those up by hand.
7655 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7656 something like:
7657
7658 @example
7659 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7660 @end example
7661
7662 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7663
7664 @example
7665 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7666 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7667 @end example
7668
7669 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7670 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7671 do not have such restrictions.
7672
7673 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7674 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7675 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7676
7677 @example
7678 define hook-step
7679 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7680 end
7681 define hookpost-step
7682 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7683 end
7684 @end example
7685
7686 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7687 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7688 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7689 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7690
7691 @section Programming using GDB
7692 @cindex Programming using GDB
7693
7694 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7695 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7696 @example
7697 gdb_memory_map disable
7698 @end example
7699 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7700 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7701 working area.
7702
7703 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7704 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7705 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7706 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7707
7708 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7709 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7710
7711 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7712 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7713 @example
7714 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7715 @end example
7716
7717 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7718 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7719
7720 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7721 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7722 will be used.
7723
7724 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7725 script can be executed:
7726 @example
7727 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7728 @end example
7729
7730 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7731 can be used.
7732 @anchor{Using openocd SMP with GDB}
7733 @section Using openocd SMP with GDB
7734 @cindex SMP
7735 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
7736 @itemize @bullet
7737 @item j - smp status request
7738 @item J - smp set request
7739 @end itemize
7740
7741 OpenOCD implements :
7742 @itemize @bullet
7743 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
7744 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
7745 @option{E01} for target not smp.
7746 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
7747 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
7748 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
7749 @end itemize
7750
7751 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
7752 @itemize @bullet
7753 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
7754 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
7755 @example
7756 set $_core 1
7757 #Jc01 packet is sent
7758 print $_core
7759 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
7760 @end example
7761
7762 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2
7763 cpus in SMP with core id 0 and 1 @pxref{Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
7764
7765 @example
7766 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
7767 define toggle0
7768 maint packet Jc0
7769 continue
7770 main packet Jc-1
7771 end
7772 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
7773 define toggle1
7774 maint packet Jc1
7775 continue
7776 main packet Jc-1
7777 end
7778 @end example
7779 @end itemize
7780
7781
7782 @node Tcl Scripting API
7783 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7784 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7785 @cindex Tcl scripts
7786 @section API rules
7787
7788 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7789 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7790 information as an argument to each proc.
7791
7792 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7793 pair list and lists.
7794
7795 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7796 list.
7797
7798 @verbatim
7799
7800 > set foo(me) Duane
7801 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7802 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7803 > set foo(duck) Donald
7804
7805 If one does this:
7806
7807 > set foo
7808
7809 The result is:
7810
7811 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7812
7813 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7814
7815 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7816 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7817 }
7818 @end verbatim
7819
7820 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7821 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7822
7823 @section Internal low-level Commands
7824
7825 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7826
7827 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7828 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7829 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7830
7831 @itemize @bullet
7832 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7833
7834 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7835 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7836
7837 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7838 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7839
7840 Return information about the flash banks
7841 @end itemize
7842
7843 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7844 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7845 called "flash_banks".
7846
7847 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7848
7849 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7850 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7851 holds one of the following values:
7852
7853 @itemize @bullet
7854 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7855 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7856 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7857 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7858 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7859 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7860 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7861 @end itemize
7862
7863 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7864
7865 @quotation Note
7866 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7867 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7868 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7869 is jim, not real tcl).
7870 @end quotation
7871
7872 @node FAQ
7873 @chapter FAQ
7874 @cindex faq
7875 @enumerate
7876 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7877 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7878 @cindex RTCK
7879 @cindex adaptive clocking
7880 @*
7881
7882 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7883 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7884 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7885 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7886
7887 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7888 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7889 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7890 @enumerate
7891 @item
7892 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7893 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7894 @item
7895 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7896 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7897 @end enumerate
7898
7899 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7900 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7901 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7902 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7903 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7904 power).
7905
7906 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7907 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7908 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7909 ARM926 scenario).
7910 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7911 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7912 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7913
7914 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7915 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7916 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7917 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7918
7919 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7920
7921 In order to make use of this,
7922 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7923 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7924
7925 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7926 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7927 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7928 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7929 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7930
7931 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7932 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7933 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7934 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7935
7936 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7937 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7938 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7939 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7940 with a CPLD.
7941 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7942 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7943 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7944 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7945 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7946 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7947
7948 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7949
7950 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7951
7952 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7953 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7954 depending on the chips on your board.
7955 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7956 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7957 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7958
7959 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7960 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7961 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7962
7963 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7964 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7965 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7966 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7967
7968 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7969 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7970 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7971 this way.
7972
7973 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7974 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7975 clock rate.
7976 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7977 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7978 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7979
7980 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7981
7982 @example
7983 # Example: 1.234MHz
7984 adapter_khz 1234
7985 @end example
7986
7987
7988 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7989
7990 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7991 around Windows filenames.
7992
7993 @example
7994 > echo \a
7995
7996 > echo @{\a@}
7997 \a
7998 > echo "\a"
7999
8000 >
8001 @end example
8002
8003
8004 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
8005
8006 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
8007 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
8008 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
8009
8010 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
8011 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
8012 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
8013
8014 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
8015 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
8016 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
8017
8018 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
8019
8020 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
8021 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
8022 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
8023 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
8024
8025 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
8026 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
8027 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
8028
8029 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
8030 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
8031
8032 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
8033 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
8034 memory read caused data abort".
8035
8036 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
8037 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
8038 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
8039 be done, feel free to add this here.
8040
8041 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
8042 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
8043 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
8044 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
8045 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
8046 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
8047 gracefully stops.
8048
8049 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
8050 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
8051 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
8052
8053 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
8054 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
8055 bytes. Painful...
8056
8057
8058 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
8059 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
8060
8061 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
8062 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
8063 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
8064 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
8065 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
8066 reset, everything else should work fine.
8067
8068 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
8069 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
8070 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
8071 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
8072
8073 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
8074 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
8075 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
8076 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
8077
8078 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
8079
8080 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
8081 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
8082 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
8083 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8084
8085 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
8086 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
8087 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
8088 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
8089
8090 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
8091 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
8092 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8093
8094 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
8095 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
8096
8097 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
8098 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
8099 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
8100 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
8101 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
8102 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
8103 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
8104 clock frequency?
8105
8106 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
8107 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
8108 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
8109 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
8110 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
8111
8112 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
8113
8114 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
8115 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
8116 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
8117 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
8118 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
8119 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
8120 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
8121
8122 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
8123
8124 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
8125 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
8126 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
8127 up DRAM and loading it with code.
8128
8129 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
8130 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
8131 particular order?
8132
8133 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
8134 the same order used by the hardware.
8135
8136 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
8137 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
8138 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
8139 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
8140 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
8141 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
8142
8143 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
8144 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
8145 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
8146 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
8147
8148 @itemize @bullet
8149 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
8150 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
8151 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
8152 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
8153 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
8154 @end itemize
8155
8156 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
8157
8158 @itemize @bullet
8159 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
8160 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
8161 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
8162 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
8163 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
8164 @end itemize
8165
8166
8167 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
8168 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
8169 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
8170
8171 TODO.
8172
8173 @end enumerate
8174
8175 @node Tcl Crash Course
8176 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
8177 @cindex Tcl
8178
8179 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
8180 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
8181 how the Tcl scripts work.
8182
8183 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
8184 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
8185 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
8186 OpenOCD.
8187
8188 @section Tcl Rule #1
8189 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
8190 @enumerate
8191 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
8192 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8193 @end enumerate
8194
8195 The Tcl equal is this:
8196
8197 @enumerate
8198 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
8199 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8200 @end enumerate
8201
8202 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8203 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8204
8205 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8206 There is a second pair of rules.
8207 @enumerate
8208 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8209 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8210 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8211 in Tcl.
8212 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8213 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8214 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8215 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8216 @end enumerate
8217
8218 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8219 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8220 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8221 Everything is a string}
8222
8223 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8224 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8225 difference is subtle.
8226 @enumerate
8227 @item Parse Time
8228 @item Evaluation Time
8229 @end enumerate
8230
8231 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
8232 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
8233 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
8234
8235 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
8236 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
8237 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
8238 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
8239
8240 @itemize @bullet
8241 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
8242 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
8243 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
8244 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
8245 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
8246 @example
8247 # bash example
8248 X=`date`
8249 echo "The Date is: $X"
8250 # Tcl example
8251 set X [date]
8252 puts "The Date is: $X"
8253 @end example
8254 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8255 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8256 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8257 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8258 is a string}
8259 @example
8260 set x "Dinner"
8261 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8262 @end example
8263 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8264 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8265 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8266 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8267 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8268 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8269 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8270 @end itemize
8271
8272 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8273
8274 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8275
8276 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8277
8278 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8279 the normal way.
8280
8281 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8282 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8283 line is immedatly executed.
8284
8285 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8286 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8287
8288 @subsection Command Execution
8289
8290 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8291 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8292 control flow operators.
8293
8294 Commands are executed like this:
8295
8296 @enumerate
8297 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8298 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8299 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8300 @end enumerate
8301
8302 It sort of works like this:
8303 @example
8304 for(;;)@{
8305 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8306
8307 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8308
8309 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8310 @}
8311 @end example
8312
8313 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8314 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8315 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8316 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8317 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8318 ``LookupCommand()''
8319
8320 @subsection The FOR command
8321
8322 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8323 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8324 command just like any other command.
8325
8326 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8327 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8328 are:
8329
8330 @enumerate 0
8331 @item The ascii text 'for'
8332 @item The start text
8333 @item The test expression
8334 @item The next text
8335 @item The body text
8336 @end enumerate
8337
8338 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8339 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8340 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8341 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8342
8343 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8344 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8345
8346 @example
8347 int
8348 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8349 int *argc,
8350 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8351 @end example
8352
8353 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8354 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8355 still operates in the same basic way.
8356
8357 @subsection FOR command implementation
8358
8359 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8360 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8361
8362 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8363
8364 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8365
8366 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8367 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8368 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8369
8370 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8371 expression and returns a value.
8372
8373 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8374 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8375 @example
8376 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8377
8378 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8379
8380 int
8381 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8382 int argc,
8383 char **argv )
8384 @{
8385 if( argc != 5 )@{
8386 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8387 return ERROR;
8388 @}
8389
8390 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8391
8392 // Execute the start statement.
8393 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8394
8395 // Top of loop test
8396 for(;;)@{
8397 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8398 if( i == 0 )
8399 break;
8400
8401 // Execute the body
8402 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8403
8404 // Execute the LOOP part
8405 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8406 @}
8407
8408 // Return no error
8409 SetResult( interp, "" );
8410 return SUCCESS;
8411 @}
8412 @end example
8413
8414 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8415 in the same basic way.
8416
8417 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8418
8419 @subsection source and find commands
8420 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8421 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8422 @*Remember the parsing rules
8423 @enumerate
8424 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8425 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8426 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8427 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8428 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8429 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8430 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8431 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8432 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8433 @end enumerate
8434 @subsection format command
8435 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8436 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8437 @b{sprintf()}.
8438 @b{Example}
8439 @example
8440 set x 6
8441 set y 7
8442 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8443 @end example
8444 @enumerate
8445 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8446 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8447 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8448 @* Refer to Rule #1
8449 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8450 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8451 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8452 @end enumerate
8453 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8454 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8455 @example
8456 #1 Good
8457 proc someproc @{@} @{
8458 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8459 @}
8460 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8461 #2 Good - no variables
8462 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8463 #3 Good Curly Braces
8464 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8465 puts "Time: [date]"
8466 @}
8467 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
8468 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
8469 @end example
8470 @enumerate
8471 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
8472 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
8473 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
8474 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
8475 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
8476 command.
8477 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
8478 @*There are 4 examples:
8479 @enumerate
8480 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
8481 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
8482 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
8483 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
8484 @end enumerate
8485
8486 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
8487 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
8488 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
8489
8490 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
8491 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
8492 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
8493 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
8494 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
8495 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
8496 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
8497 @end enumerate
8498 @subsection Global Variables
8499 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
8500 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
8501 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
8502 @example
8503 proc myproc @{ @} @{
8504 set y 0 #Local variable Y
8505 global x #Global variable X
8506 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
8507 @}
8508 @end example
8509 @section Other Tcl Hacks
8510 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
8511 @example
8512 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
8513 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
8514 # Create var name
8515 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
8516 # Make it a global
8517 global $vn
8518 # Set it.
8519 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
8520 @}
8521 @end example
8522 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8523 @example
8524 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8525 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8526 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8527 @}
8528 @end example
8529
8530 @include fdl.texi
8531
8532 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8533 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8534 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8535 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8536 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8537 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8538
8539 @printindex cp
8540
8541 @node Command and Driver Index
8542 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8543 @printindex fn
8544
8545 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)